172
OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission System V100R003C03 Product Description Issue 01 Date 2011-10-30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemV100R003C03

Product Description

Issue 01

Date 2011-10-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 3: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

About This Document

Related VersionsThe following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Version

OptiX RTN 950 V100R003C03

iManager U2000 V100R006C00

Intended AudienceThis document is intended for network planning engineers.

Familiarity with the basic knowledge related to digital microwave communication technologywill help you apply the information in this document.

Symbol ConventionsThe symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk,which if not avoided, will result in death orserious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low levelof risk, which if not avoided, could result inminor or moderate injury.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description About This Document

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

Page 4: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation,which if not avoided, could result inequipment damage, data loss, performancedegradation, or unexpected results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve aproblem or save time.

Provides additional information to emphasizeor supplement important points of the maintext.

General ConventionsThe general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are inboldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are inCourier New.

Update History

Updates in Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Based on Product Version V100R003C03This document is the first release for the V100R003C03 product version.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description About This Document

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 5: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................11.1 Network Application..........................................................................................................................................21.2 Components........................................................................................................................................................31.3 Radio Link Types...............................................................................................................................................7

2 Functions and Features.................................................................................................................82.1 Microwave Types.............................................................................................................................................10

2.1.1 SDH/PDH Microwave.............................................................................................................................102.1.2 Hybrid/Packet Integrated IP Microwave.................................................................................................11

2.2 Modulation Strategy.........................................................................................................................................132.2.1 Fixed Modulation....................................................................................................................................132.2.2 Adaptive Modulation...............................................................................................................................13

2.3 RF Configuration Modes..................................................................................................................................152.4 Capacity............................................................................................................................................................15

2.4.1 Air Interface Capacity.............................................................................................................................162.4.2 Cross-Connect Capacity..........................................................................................................................172.4.3 Switching Capacity..................................................................................................................................17

2.5 Interfaces..........................................................................................................................................................172.5.1 Service Interfaces....................................................................................................................................172.5.2 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces.....................................................................................................18

2.6 Cross-Polarization Interference Cancellation...................................................................................................202.7 Automatic Transmit Power Control.................................................................................................................212.8 MPLS/PWE3 Function.....................................................................................................................................212.9 Ethernet Service Processing Capability............................................................................................................232.10 QoS.................................................................................................................................................................242.11 Clock Features................................................................................................................................................252.12 Protection Capability......................................................................................................................................262.13 Network Management....................................................................................................................................272.14 Easy Installation.............................................................................................................................................282.15 Easy Maintenance...........................................................................................................................................282.16 Energy Saving.................................................................................................................................................302.17 Environmental Protection...............................................................................................................................30

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description Contents

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

Page 6: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3 Product Structure.........................................................................................................................313.1 System Architecture.........................................................................................................................................32

3.1.1 TDM Single-Plane System Architecture ................................................................................................323.1.2 TDM/Packet Dual-Plane System Architecture........................................................................................33

3.2 Hardware Structure...........................................................................................................................................353.2.1 IDU..........................................................................................................................................................353.2.2 ODU.........................................................................................................................................................38

3.3 Software Structure............................................................................................................................................403.3.1 NMS Software.........................................................................................................................................403.3.2 IDU Software...........................................................................................................................................403.3.3 ODU Software.........................................................................................................................................40

3.4 Service Signal Processing Flow.......................................................................................................................413.4.1 SDH/PDH Microwave.............................................................................................................................413.4.2 Hybrid Microwave...................................................................................................................................433.4.3 Packet Microwave...................................................................................................................................46

4 Networking and Applications..................................................................................................494.1 Basic Network Topologies...............................................................................................................................50

4.1.1 Chain Network.........................................................................................................................................504.1.2 Ring Network..........................................................................................................................................50

4.2 Feature Application (MPLS Packet Service)....................................................................................................514.2.1 CES Services...........................................................................................................................................514.2.2 ATM/IMA Services.................................................................................................................................544.2.3 Ethernet Services.....................................................................................................................................55

5 Network Management System..................................................................................................585.1 Network Management Solution........................................................................................................................595.2 Web LCT..........................................................................................................................................................595.3 U2000...............................................................................................................................................................61

6 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................636.1 RF Performance................................................................................................................................................64

6.1.1 Microwave Work Modes.........................................................................................................................646.1.1.1 Microwave Work Modes (IF1 board).............................................................................................646.1.1.2 Microwave Work Modes (IFU2 board)..........................................................................................646.1.1.3 Microwave Work Modes (IFX2 board)..........................................................................................666.1.1.4 Microwave Work Modes (ISU2 board)..........................................................................................676.1.1.5 Microwave Work Modes (ISX2 board)..........................................................................................70

6.1.2 Frequency Band.......................................................................................................................................746.1.3 Receiver Sensitivity.................................................................................................................................77

6.1.3.1 Receiver Sensitivity (IF1 Board)....................................................................................................786.1.3.2 Receiver Sensitivity (IFU2 board)..................................................................................................796.1.3.3 Receiver Sensitivity (IFX2 board)..................................................................................................826.1.3.4 Receiver Sensitivity (ISU2 board)..................................................................................................85

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description Contents

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 7: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.1.3.5 Receiver Sensitivity (ISX2 board)..................................................................................................906.1.4 Distortion Sensitivity...............................................................................................................................986.1.5 Transceiver Performance.........................................................................................................................996.1.6 IF Performance......................................................................................................................................1056.1.7 Baseband Signal Processing Performance of the Modem.....................................................................106

6.2 Predicted Equipment Reliability.....................................................................................................................1066.2.1 Predicted Component Reliability...........................................................................................................1066.2.2 Predicted Link Reliability......................................................................................................................107

6.3 Interface Performance.....................................................................................................................................1076.3.1 SDH Interface Performance...................................................................................................................1076.3.2 E1 Interface Performance......................................................................................................................1096.3.3 Ethernet Interface Performance.............................................................................................................1096.3.4 Auxiliary Interface Performance...........................................................................................................114

6.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization Performance..........................................................................................1156.5 Integrated System Performance......................................................................................................................115

A Compliance Standards.............................................................................................................119A.1 ITU-R Standards............................................................................................................................................120A.2 ETSI Standards..............................................................................................................................................121A.3 IEC Standards................................................................................................................................................122A.4 ITU-T Standards............................................................................................................................................123A.5 IETF Standards..............................................................................................................................................126A.6 IEEE Standards..............................................................................................................................................128A.7 MEF Standards..............................................................................................................................................129A.8 AF Standards.................................................................................................................................................129A.9 Environmental Standards...............................................................................................................................130

B Glossary......................................................................................................................................133B.1 0-9..................................................................................................................................................................134B.2 A-E.................................................................................................................................................................134B.3 F-J..................................................................................................................................................................143B.4 K-O................................................................................................................................................................148B.5 P-T..................................................................................................................................................................154B.6 U-Z.................................................................................................................................................................163

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description Contents

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

Page 8: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

1 Introduction

About This Chapter

The OptiX RTN 950 is a product in the OptiX RTN 900 radio transmission system series.

1.1 Network ApplicationThe OptiX RTN 900 is a new generation TDM/Hybrid/Packet integrated microwavetransmission system developed by Huawei. It provides a seamless microwave transmissionsolution for mobile communication network or private networks.

1.2 ComponentsThe OptiX RTN 950 adopts a split structure. The system consists of the IDU 950 and the ODU.Each ODU is connected to the IDU through an IF cable.

1.3 Radio Link TypesThe OptiX RTN 950 provides the radio links of various types in which different IF boards andODUs are configured for diverse microwave application scenarios.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

Page 9: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

1.1 Network ApplicationThe OptiX RTN 900 is a new generation TDM/Hybrid/Packet integrated microwavetransmission system developed by Huawei. It provides a seamless microwave transmissionsolution for mobile communication network or private networks.

OptiX RTN 900 Product FamilyThere are three types of OptiX RTN 900 products: OptiX RTN 910, OptiX RTN 950, and OptiXRTN 980. Users can choose the product best suited for their site.l The IDU of the OptiX RTN 910 is 1U high and supports one or two IF boards.l The IDU of the OptiX RTN 950 is 2U high and supports one to six IF boards.l The IDU of the OptiX RTN 980 is 5U high and supports one to fourteen IF boards.

NOTE

All the products in the OptiX RTN 900 series use the same types of IF and service interface boards.

The OptiX RTN 900 series provide a variety of service interfaces and can be installed easily andconfigured flexibly. The OptiX RTN 900 series provide a solution that can integrate TDMmicrowave, Hybrid microwave, and Packet microwave technologies according to thenetworking scheme for the sites, achieving smooth upgrade from TDM microwave to Hybridmicrowave, and from Hybrid microwave to Packet microwave. This solution is able to adapt tochanging service scenarios brought about by evolutions in radio mobile networks. Therefore,this solution meets the transmission requirements of 2G and 3G networks while also allowingfor integration with future LTE and 4G networks.

OptiX RTN 950The OptiX RTN 950 is deployed at the access and convergence layers. Figure 1-1 shows themicrowave transmission solution provided by the OptiX RTN 950.

Figure 1-1 Microwave transmission solution provided by the OptiX RTN 950

OptiX RTN 950 BTSNodeB BSCRNC

FEE1

FEE1

E1

E1FE

E1

E1

FE

FE/GE

E1/STM-1

Regional TDMNetwork

E1/STM-1

FE/GE

FE/GE

Regional PacketNetwork

MSTP

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

Page 10: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

l In this solution, the OptiX RTN 950 is connected to an RNC and BSC directly or through a regional backhaulnetwork.

l The OptiX RTN 950 provides a wide range of interfaces and service bearer technologies to adapt to theregional backhaul network. The regional backhaul network can be a time-division multiplexing (TDM)network or packet switching network (PSN).

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the Ethernet over SDH (EoSDH) function and Ethernet over PDH(EoPDH) function. Therefore, packet services can be backhauled through a TDM network.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) technology. Therefore,TDM, ATM, and Ethernet services can be backhauled through a PSN.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the VLAN sub-interface function. Therefore, MPLS packet services canbe backhauled through a Layer 2 network.

1.2 ComponentsThe OptiX RTN 950 adopts a split structure. The system consists of the IDU 950 and the ODU.Each ODU is connected to the IDU through an IF cable.

IDU 950The IDU 950 is the indoor unit for an OptiX RTN 950 system. It receives and multiplexesservices, performs service processing and IF processing, and provides the system control andcommunications function.

Table 1-1 lists the basic features of the IDU 950.

Table 1-1 Features of the IDU 950

Item Description

Chassis height 2U

Pluggable Supported

Number of microwavedirections

1 to 6

RF configuration mode 1+0 non-protection configurationN+0 non-protection configuration (N ≤ 5)1+1 protection configurationN+1 protection configuration (N ≤ 4)XPIC configuration

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

Page 11: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 1-2 Appearance of the IDU 950

ODU

The ODU is the outdoor unit for the OptiX RTN 900. It converts frequencies and amplifiessignals.

The OptiX RTN 900 product series can use the RTN 600 ODU and RTN XMC ODU, coveringthe entire frequency band from 6 GHz to 38 GHz.

NOTE

Unlike the other frequency bands that use 14 MHz, 28 MHz, or 56 MHz channel spacing, the 18 GHzfrequency band uses 13.75 MHz, 27.5 MHz, or 55 MHz channel spacing.

Table 1-2 RTN 600 ODUs that the OptiX RTN 950 supports

Item Description

Standard PowerODU

High-Power ODU Low Capacity forPDH ODU

ODU type SP, SPA HP, HPA LP

Frequency band 7/8/11/13/15/18/23/26/38 GHz (SPODU)6/7/8/11/13/15/18/23 GHz (SPA ODU)

6/7/8/10/10.5/11/13/15/18/23/26/28/32/38 GHz (HP ODU)7/8/11/13/15/18/23GHz (HPA ODU)

7/8/11/13/15/18/23GHz (LP ODU)

Microwavemodulation scheme

QPSK/16QAM/32QAM/64QAM/128QAM/256QAM

QPSK/16QAM/32QAM/64QAM/128QAM/256QAM

QPSK/16QAM

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

Page 12: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Description

Standard PowerODU

High-Power ODU Low Capacity forPDH ODU

Channel spacing 3.5/7/14/28 MHz 7/14/28/40/56 MHz(6/7/8/10/11/13/15/18/23/26/28/32/38GHz)7/14/28 MHz (10.5GHz)

3.5/7/14/28 MHz

Table 1-3 RTN XMC ODUs that the OptiX RTN 950 supports

Item Description

High-Power ODU Low Capacity for PDHODU

ODU type XMC-2 XMC-1

Frequency band 7/8/11/13/15/18/23/26/38GHz

7/8/11/13/15/18/23 GHz

Microwave modulationscheme

QPSK/16QAM/32QAM/64QAM/128QAM/256QAM

QPSK/16QAM

Channel spacing 7/14/28/40/56 MHz 3.5/7/14/28 MHz

There are two methods for mounting the ODU and the antenna: direct mounting and separatemounting.

l The direct mounting method is generally adopted when a small- or medium-diameter andsingle-polarized antenna is used. In this situation, if one ODU is configured for one antenna,the ODU is directly mounted at the back of the antenna. If two ODUs are configured forone antenna, an RF signal combiner/splitter (hence referred to as a hybrid coupler) mustbe mounted to connect the ODUs to the antenna. Figure 1-3 illustrates the direct mountingmethod.The direct mounting method can also be adopted when a small- or medium-diameter anddual-polarized antenna is used. Two ODUs are mounted onto an antenna using anorthomode transducer (OMT). The method for installing an OMT is similar to that forinstalling a hybrid coupler.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

Page 13: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 1-3 Direct mounting

l The separate mounting method is adopted when a large- or medium-diameter and single-

or dual-polarized antenna is used. Figure 1-4 shows the separate mounting method. In thissituation, a hybrid coupler can be mounted (two ODUs share one feed boom).

Figure 1-4 Separate mounting

NOTE

The OptiX RTN 950 provides an antenna solution that covers the entire frequency band, and supportssingle-polarized antennas and dual-polarized antennas with diameters of 0.3 m to 3.7 m along with thecorresponding feeder system.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

Page 14: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

1.3 Radio Link TypesThe OptiX RTN 950 provides the radio links of various types in which different IF boards andODUs are configured for diverse microwave application scenarios.

Table 1-4 Radio link types that the OptiX RTN 950 supports

Radio Link Type System Control,Switching, andTiming Board

IF Board ODU

Low-capacity PDHmicrowave

CSTCSH

IF1 Low capacity forPDH ODU

SDH/PDHmicrowave

CSTCSH

IF1 Standard powerODU or high powerODU

High-capacity SDHmicrowave

CSTCSH

ISU2 Standard powerODU or high powerODU

High-capacity SDHmicrowavesupporting XPIC

CSTCSH

ISX2 Standard powerODU or high powerODU

Integrated IPmicrowave

CSH IFU2ISU2

Standard powerODU or high powerODU

Integrated IPmicrowavesupporting XPIC

CSH IFX2ISX2

Standard powerODU or high powerODU

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 1 Introduction

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

Page 15: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2 Functions and Features

About This Chapter

The OptiX RTN 950 provides a wide assortment of functions and features to ensure the qualityand efficiency of service transmission.

2.1 Microwave TypesThe microwave type is determined by the IF board and the configured working mode.

2.2 Modulation StrategyThe SDH/PDH microwave supports fixed modulation. The Hybrid/Packet microwave supportsfixed modulation and adaptive modulation.

2.3 RF Configuration ModesThe OptiX RTN 950 supports 1+0 non-protection configuration, N+0 non-protectionconfiguration, 1+1 protection configuration, N+1 protection configuration, and XPICconfiguration.

2.4 CapacityThe OptiX RTN 950 is a high-capacity device.

2.5 InterfacesThe OptiX RTN 950 provides a variety of interfaces.

2.6 Cross-Polarization Interference CancellationCross-polarization interference cancellation (XPIC) technology is used together with co-channeldual-polarization (CCDP). The application of the two technologies doubles the wireless linkcapacity over the same channel.

2.7 Automatic Transmit Power ControlAutomatic transmit power control (ATPC) enables the output power of the transmitter toautomatically trace the level fluctuation at the receive end within the ATPC control range. Thisfeature reduces the interference with neighboring systems and residual BER.

2.8 MPLS/PWE3 FunctionThe OptiX RTN 950 uses an MPLS that is optimized for the telecom bearer network as thepacket forwarding mechanism for packet transmission of carrier-class services. The OptiX RTN950 uses PWE3 technology as the service bearer technology to implement MPLS network accessfor various types of services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

Page 16: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2.9 Ethernet Service Processing CapabilityThe OptiX RTN 950 has powerful Ethernet service processing capability.

2.10 QoSThe OptiX RTN 950 provides improved quality of service (QoS) and supports the followingeight types of per-hop behaviors (PHBs): BE, AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4, EF, CS6, and CS7.Therefore, network carriers can offer various QoS levels of service guarantees and buildnetworks that carry data, voice, and video services.

2.11 Clock FeaturesThe clock features of the OptiX RTN 950 can transport the clock of the mobile communicationnetwork and provide a complete selection of clock protection mechanisms.

2.12 Protection CapabilityThe OptiX RTN 950 provides a variety of protection schemes.

2.13 Network ManagementThe OptiX RTN 950 supports multiple network management (NM) modes and providescomprehensive NM information exchange schemes.

2.14 Easy InstallationThe OptiX RTN 950 supports several installation modes. That is, the installation is flexible andconvenient.

2.15 Easy MaintenanceThe OptiX RTN 950 provides several maintenance features that effectively reduce the costsassociated with maintaining the equipment.

2.16 Energy SavingThe OptiX RTN 950 uses various types of technologies to reduce the amount of energy that thedevice consumes. The device:

2.17 Environmental ProtectionThe OptiX RTN 950 is designed to meet or exceed environmental protection requirements. Theproduct complies with the RoHS directive.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

Page 17: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2.1 Microwave TypesThe microwave type is determined by the IF board and the configured working mode.

2.1.1 SDH/PDH MicrowaveThe SDH microwave refers to the microwave that transmits SDH services. The PDH microwaverefers to the microwave that transmits only PDH services (mainly, the E1 services).

NOTE

The IF1 board can work in TU-12-based PDH microwave mode or STM-1-based SDH microwave mode.

The ISU2/ISX2 board can work in SDH mode to support transmission of one STM-1 or two STM-1s.

SDH MicrowaveUnlike conventional SDH microwave equipment, the OptiX RTN 950 has a built-in MADM.The MADM grooms services to the microwave port through cross-connections, maps theservices into the STM-1-based or 2xSTM-1-based microwave frames, and then transmits theframes. With this capability, services are flexibly groomed and the optical network and themicrowave network are seamlessly converged.

Figure 2-1 SDH microwave

ODU

E1

IDU

MADM

SDH radioSDH

OH

……

OH

……

PDH MicrowaveUnlike conventional PDH microwave equipment, the OptiX RTN 950 has a built-in MADM.The MADM grooms E1 services to the microwave port for further transmission. With thiscapability, services are flexibly groomed and the optical network and the microwave networkare seamlessly converged.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

Page 18: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 2-2 PDH microwave

ODU

E1

IDU

OH MADM

PDH radioSDH

……

2.1.2 Hybrid/Packet Integrated IP MicrowaveThe Hybrid/Packet integrated IP microwave (Integrated IP radio for short) can transmit one typeamong or a combination of Native TDM services, Native Ethernet services, and PWE3 packetservices according to software settings. Therefore, the Integrated IP radio achieves a smoothupgrade from Hybrid microwave to Packet microwave.

IP Microwave ClassificationIP microwave can transmit packet services and support the AM function. The packet servicestransmitted can be Native Ethernet services or packet services encapsulated in PWE3.Conventional IP microwave is divided into two different types: Hybrid microwave and Packetmicrowave.l Hybrid microwave: Native TDM services and Native Ethernet services can be transmitted

through the air interface.l Packet microwave: TDM services, ATM/IMA services, and Ethernet services after PWE3

encapsulation are transmitted through the air interface.

As IP microwave evolves, the OptiX RTN 950 supports Integrated IP radio. As a result, theequipment can support Hybrid microwave and Packet microwave at the same time, and cansimultaneously transmit multiple types of services at air interfaces.

NOTE

Universal IF boards, the IFU2, IFX2, ISU2, and ISX2 boards, support Integrated IP radio.

Integrated IP radioTo achieve flexible grooming of TDM services and packet services on the Integrated IP radio,the OptiX RTN 950 is embedded with dual service planes: TDM service processing plane andpacket service processing plane. TDM services and packet services can be flexibly transmittedover the Integrated IP radio, as shown in Figure 2-3.

l TDM service processing planePerforms cross-connections on the incoming TDM services (E1 services or STM-1services), and transmits the services to the microwave ports.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

Page 19: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l Packet service processing planePerforms PWE3 emulation on the incoming services (E1 services, ATM/IMA services, andEthernet services), encapsulates them into the MPLS packets, and transmits the Ethernetframes that bear the MPLS packets to the microwave ports. Ethernet services are directlytransmitted to the microwave ports in Native mode after Layer 2 switching.

Native TDM services, MPLS packets, or Native Ethernet services need to be groomed to themicrowave port, encapsulated into microwave frames, and then transmitted on microwave links.The Integrated IP radio serves as Hybrid microwave when TDM services are scheduled to themicrowave port over the TDM service processing plane and Ethernet services are scheduled tothe microwave port over the packet service processing plane; the Integrated IP radio serves asPacket microwave when TDM services are encapsulated into MPLS/PWE3 packets on the packetservice processing plane and then scheduled to the microwave port.

Figure 2-3 Hybrid/Packet integrated IP microwave

ODU

IDU

TDMcross-connect

matrixE1

STM-1/4

IMA E1

FE/GE

Packetswitching

PWE3

Layer2Proccess

Hybrid radio

Mixed service in evolution

Pure Packet radioThe Integrated IP radio supports smoothupgrade

Native Ethernet

Native TDM channel (E1 or STM-1)

MPLStunnel

ATM PWE3ETHPWE3

Native TDM channel (E1 or STM-1)

TDM PWE3 (CES E1)

MPLStunnel

ATM PWE3

TDM PWE3 (CES E1)

ETHPWE3

NativeEthernet

NativeEthernet

The Hybrid/Packet integrated IP microwave has the following features:

l Transmits one, or several of the TDM services, MPLS/PWE3 services, and Native Ethernetservices.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

Page 20: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

The OptiX RTN 950 supports VLAN sub-interfaces, therefore transmitting MPLS/PWE3 Ethernetservices and Native Ethernet services over one port.

l Supports the AM function. E1 services and packet services can be configured with priority.When AM is switched to the reference mode, the services with higher priority aretransmitted with preference.

NOTE

The Integrated IP radio provides a low air interface capacity at the 3.5 MHz channel spacing, andtherefore the AM function is not provided.

2.2 Modulation StrategyThe SDH/PDH microwave supports fixed modulation. The Hybrid/Packet microwave supportsfixed modulation and adaptive modulation.

2.2.1 Fixed ModulationFixed modulation refers to a modulation policy in which a modulation scheme is adoptedinvariably to provide constant air interface bandwidth for a running radio link.

When the OptiX RTN 950 uses fixed modulation, the modulation scheme and the channelspacing can be set by using software.

l The SDH/PDH radio link uses fixed modulation.l The Integrated IP radio link supports fixed modulation. Various combinations of

modulation schemes and channel spacings can be set.

2.2.2 Adaptive ModulationThe adaptive modulation (AM) technology adjusts the modulation scheme automatically basedon channel quality.

When the AM technology is adopted, in the case of the same channel spacing, the microwaveservice bandwidth varies according to the modulation scheme; the higher the modulationefficiency, the higher the bandwidth of the transmitted services.l When the channel quality is good (such as on days when weather conditions are favorable),

the equipment adopts a high-efficiency modulation scheme to transmit more user services.This improves transmission efficiency and spectrum utilization of the system.

l When the channel quality deteriorates (such as on days with adverse weather), theequipment adopts a low-efficiency modulation scheme to transmit only higher-priorityservices within the available bandwidth while discarding lower-priority services. Thismethod improves anti-interference capabilities of the radio link, which helps ensure thelink availability for higher-priority services.

In Integrated IP radio mode, the equipment supports the AM technology. With configurablepriorities for E1 services and packet services, the transmission is controlled based on the servicebandwidth and QoS policies corresponding to the current modulation scheme. The highest-priority services are transmitted with precedence.

NOTE

In Integrated IP radio mode, when the equipment transmits STM-1 services and packet services at the sametime, STM-1 services have highest priority and their transmission is ensured.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

Page 21: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l Priorities of E1 servicesThe priorities of E1 services are assigned based on the number of E1 services that eachmodulation scheme can transmit. When modulation scheme switching occurs, only the E1services whose number is specified in the new modulation scheme can be transmitted andthe excess E1 services are discarded.

l Priorities of packet servicesWith the QoS technology, packet services are scheduled to queues with different priorities.The services in different queues are transmitted to the microwave port after running thequeue scheduling algorithm. When modulation scheme switching occurs, certain queuesmay be congested due to insufficient capacity at the air interface. As a result, certain servicesor all the services in these queues are discarded.

Figure 2-4 shows the change in services brought by the AM technology. The orange partindicates E1 services. The blue part indicates packet services. The closer the service is to theoutside of the cylinder in the figure, the lower the service priority. Under all channel conditions,the service capacity varies according to the modulation scheme. When the channel conditionsare unfavorable (during adverse weather conditions), lower-priority services are discarded.

Figure 2-4 Adaptive modulation

ChannelCapability

E1 Services

256QAM

32QAM

QPSK

256QAM

128QAM

32QAM

128QAM

64QAM

64QAM

16QAM

16QAM

EthernetServices

The AM technology used by the OptiX RTN 950 has the following characteristics:

l The AM technology uses the QPSK, 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, and 256QAMmodulation schemes.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

Page 22: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l The lowest-efficiency modulation scheme (also called reference scheme or modulationscheme of guaranteed capacity) and the highest-efficiency modulation scheme (also callednominal scheme or modulation scheme of full capacity) used by the AM can be configured.

l In AM, when modulation schemes are switched, the transmit frequency, receive frequency,and channel spacing remain unchanged.

l In AM, modulation schemes are switched step-by-step.l In AM, modulation scheme switching is hitless. When the modulation scheme is

downshifted, high-priority services will not be affected when low-priority services arediscarded. The switching is successful even when 100 dB/s channel fast fading occurs.

2.3 RF Configuration ModesThe OptiX RTN 950 supports 1+0 non-protection configuration, N+0 non-protectionconfiguration, 1+1 protection configuration, N+1 protection configuration, and XPICconfiguration.

Table 2-1 lists the supported RF link configuration modes.

Table 2-1 RF configuration modes

Configuration Mode Maximum Number of Configurations

1+0 non-protection configuration 6

1+1 protection configuration (1+1 HSB/FD/SD)

3

N+0 non-protection configuration (N ≤ 5) 3 (N = 2)2 (N = 3)1 (N ≥ 4)

N+1 protection configuration (N ≤ 4) 3 (N = 1)2 (N = 2)1 (N ≥ 3)

XPIC configuration 3

NOTEl 1+0 configuration in N directions is also called Nx(1+0) configuration.

l When two radio links in 1+0 non-protection configuration form a microwave ring network, the specificRF configuration (namely, east and west configuration) is formed. On a Hybrid microwave ringnetwork, SNCP can be configured for SDH/PDH services and ERPS can be configured for Ethernetservices. On a packet microwave ring network, MPLS APS or PW APS can be configured for packetservices.

l PDH microwave does not support N+1 protection or XPIC configuration.

l Two XPIC workgroups can form the XPIC 1+1 protection configuration.

2.4 CapacityThe OptiX RTN 950 is a high-capacity device.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

Page 23: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2.4.1 Air Interface CapacityThe microwave air interface capacity depends on the IF board, ODU type, and microwaveworking mode.

Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 lists the microwave air interface capacities that the OptiX RTN 950supports.

Table 2-2 Air interface capacities (SDH/PDH radio)

Radio Link IF Board MaximumAirInterfaceCapacity

XPICConfiguration

Remarks

PDH IF1 53xE1 Notsupported

Supports 16xE1s when thelow-capacity PDH ODU isused.

SDH IF1 1xSTM-1 Notsupported

-

SDH ISU2 2xSTM-1 Notsupported

-

ISX2 2xSTM-1 Supported The XPIC function isprovided using two ISX2boards.

NOTEThe XPIC function doubles the service capacity of the microwave channel at the same frequencybandwidth.

Table 2-3 Air interface capacities (Integrated IP radio)

Radio Link IF Board MaximumEthernetThroughput at AirInterfaces

XPICConfiguration

Remarks

Integrated IPradio

IFU2 360 to 420 Notsupported

-

IFX2 360 to 410 Supported The XPIC function isprovided using two IFX2boards.

ISU2 360 to 456 Notsupported

-

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

Page 24: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Radio Link IF Board MaximumEthernetThroughput at AirInterfaces

XPICConfiguration

Remarks

ISX2 360 to 456 Supported The XPIC function isprovided using two ISX2boards.

NOTEl ISU2 and ISX2 boards support frame header compression at air interfaces, and their equivalent

throughout of Ethernet services at air interfaces can reach up to 1000 Mbit/s. For details, see 6.1.1Microwave Work Modes.

l The XPIC function doubles the service capacity of the microwave channel at the same frequencybandwidth.

2.4.2 Cross-Connect CapacityThe OptiX RTN 950 has a built-in MADM and provides full time division cross-connectionsfor VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services equivalent to 32x32 VC-4s.

2.4.3 Switching CapacityThe OptiX RTN 950 has a built-in packet processing platform with the switching capacity of10 Gbit/s.

2.5 InterfacesThe OptiX RTN 950 provides a variety of interfaces.

2.5.1 Service InterfacesThe OptiX RTN 950 is able to provide a wide-assortment of service interfaces by configuringdifferent types of service interface boards.

Table 2-4 lists the types and number of service interfaces that each service interface boardsupports for the OptiX RTN 950.

Table 2-4 Types and number of service interfaces that each service interface board supports

Service InterfaceBoard

Service Interface Quantity

EM6T/EM6TA FE electrical interface (RJ45): 10/100BASE-T(X)

4

GE electrical interface (RJ45):10/100/1000BASE-T(X)

2

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

Page 25: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Service InterfaceBoard

Service Interface Quantity

EM6F/EM6FA FE electrical interface (RJ45): 10/100BASE-T(X)

4

GE electrical interface (SFP) or GE/FEoptical interface (SFP):l GE electrical interface:

10/100/1000BASE-T(X)l GE optical interface: 1000BASE-SX/LX/

VX/ZX/BX/CWDMl FE optical interface: 100BASE-FX/LX/

VX/ZX/BX

2

EFP8 FE electrical interface (RJ45): 10/100BASE-T(X)

8

EMS6 FE electrical interface (RJ45): 10/100BASE-T(X)

4

GE electrical interface (SFP) or GE opticalinterface (SFP):l GE electrical interface:

10/100/1000BASE-T(X)l GE optical interface: 1000BASE-SX/LX/

VX/ZX

2

SP3S 75-ohm or 120-ohm E1 interface 16

SP3D 75-ohm or 120-ohm E1 interface 32

SL1D/SL1DA STM-1 electrical interface (SFP) orSTM-1 optical interface (SFP): Ie-1, S-1.1,L-1.1, and L-1.2

2

ML1 75-ohm or 120-ohm Smart E1 interface:supports CES E1, ATM/IMA E1, andFractional E1

16

MD1 75-ohm or 120-ohm Smart E1 interface:supports CES E1, ATM/IMA E1, andFractional E1

32

2.5.2 Management and Auxiliary InterfacesThe OptiX RTN 950 provides the management and auxiliary interfaces through the systemcontrol, switching, and timing board and the auxiliary board.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

Page 26: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 2-5 Types and number of management and auxiliary interfaces

Interface Description Quantity

External clockinterface

Combined 120-ohm 2,048 kbit/s or 2,048 kHzclock input and output interface

1

Managementinterface

10/100BASE-T(X) NM interface 1

NM serial interface 1

10/100BASE-T(X) NE cascading interface 1

Auxiliary interface Orderwire interface 1

RS-232 asynchronous data interface 1

64 kbit/s synchronous data interface 1

Wayside E1 interface 1

Alarm interface Alarm input interface 4

Alarm output interface 2

Outdoor cabinetmonitoringinterface

RS-485 outdoor cabinet monitoring interface 1

NOTE

l The external clock interface and wayside E1 interface are combined into one interface. This interface cantransparently transmit the DCC byte, orderwire overhead byte, and synchronous/asynchronous data serviceoverhead byte. However, one interface can implement only one of the following three functions: externalclock interface, wayside E1 service, and transparent transmission of the overhead byte.

l The 64 kbit/s synchronous data interface can transparently transmit the orderwire byte. However, oneinterface can implement only one of the following two functions: 64 kbit/s synchronous data interface andtransparent transmission of the orderwire byte.

l The CST/CSH board provides the external clock interface and the management interface. The AUX boardprovides the auxiliary interface and the alarm interface.

l The number of external clock interfaces or the number of management interfaces listed in the table is thenumber of interfaces provided by one CST/CSH board.

Auxiliary services and NM messages are transmitted by overhead bytes over a radio link. Fordetails, see Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 Auxiliary services or paths provided by each microwave interface

Service/Message Type Microwave Frame Overhead

Quantity of Paths Path Rate

Asynchronous data service 1 ≤ 19.2 kbit/s

Synchronous data service 1 64 kbit/s

Orderwire phone service 1 64 kbit/s

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

Page 27: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Service/Message Type Microwave Frame Overhead

Quantity of Paths Path Rate

Wayside E1 service 1 2048 kbit/s (Only for STM-1 mode ofIF1 board)

DCC path 1 l 64 kbit/s (in the PDH radio linkwhich the capacity is lower than16xE1)

l 192 kbit/s (in the PDH radio linkwhich the capacity is not lower than16xE1)

l 192 kbit/s, 576kbit/s, or 768kbit/s(in the SDH radio link)

l 192 kbit/s (in Integrated IP radiolink)

2.6 Cross-Polarization Interference CancellationCross-polarization interference cancellation (XPIC) technology is used together with co-channeldual-polarization (CCDP). The application of the two technologies doubles the wireless linkcapacity over the same channel.

CCDP transmission adopts a horizontally polarized wave and a vertically polarized wave on onechannel to transmit two channels of signals. Ideally, for CCDP transmissions, there will not beany interference between the two orthogonal signals although they are on the same frequency.In actual practice, despite the orthogonality of the two signals, interference between the signalsinevitably occurs due to cross-polarization discrimination (XPD) of the antenna and channeldegradation. To cancel the interference, XPIC technology is used to receive signals horizontallyand vertically. The signals in the two directions are then processed and the original signals arerecovered from interfered signals.

Figure 2-5 CCDP channel configuration (with the application of the XPIC technology)

HV

ModemODU 1

ODU 2

f1

f1

ODU 1

ODU 2

f1

f1

Site A Site B

f1

Modem

Modem

Modem

Service

Service

Service

Service

V: vertical polarization direction

H: horizontal polarization direction

Service singnal

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

Page 28: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2.7 Automatic Transmit Power ControlAutomatic transmit power control (ATPC) enables the output power of the transmitter toautomatically trace the level fluctuation at the receive end within the ATPC control range. Thisfeature reduces the interference with neighboring systems and residual BER.

Figure 2-6 Relationship between the RSL and TSL

T

Up-fading

Down-fading

2 dB

TSL/RSL

TSL

RSL2 dBCentral value of the

ATPC upperthreshold and the

ATPC lower threshold

2.8 MPLS/PWE3 FunctionThe OptiX RTN 950 uses an MPLS that is optimized for the telecom bearer network as thepacket forwarding mechanism for packet transmission of carrier-class services. The OptiX RTN950 uses PWE3 technology as the service bearer technology to implement MPLS network accessfor various types of services.

Table 2-7 MPLS/PWE3 functions

Function and Feature Description

MPLS tunnel Setup mode Static LSPs

VLAN subinterface Supported

Protection 1:1 MPLS tunnel APS

OAM Supports the following OAM functions:l MPLS OAM that complies with ITU-T Y.

1710 and ITU-T Y.1711l LSP ping and LSP traceroute functions

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

Page 29: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Function and Feature Description

PWE3 TDM PWE3 Encapsulation mode

Supports the following encapsulation modes:l SAToPl CESoPSN

Packetloading time

125 μs to 5000 μs

Jittercompensation bufferingtime

375 μs to 16000 μs

ATM PWE3 Mappingmode

l ATM N-to-one VCC cell encapsulationl ATM N-to-one VPC cell encapsulationl ATM one-to-one VCC cell encapsulationl ATM one-to-one VPC cell encapsulation

Transparently transmittedATM service

Supported

Maximumnumber ofconcatenatedcells

31

ETH PWE3 Encapsulation mode

l Raw model Tagged mode

Service type Supports E-Line services.l E-Linel E-Aggr

Setup mode Static PWs

Numbers of PWs Supports a maximum of 1024 PWs.

Protection 1:1 PW APS

OAM Supports the following OAM functions:l VCCVl PW OAM that complies with ITU-T Y.

1710 and ITU-T Y.1711l PW ping and PW traceroute functionsl Intelligent service fault diagnosis, that is,

one-click PWE3 service fault locating

MS-PW Supported

Configurable bandwidth Supported

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

Page 30: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

2.9 Ethernet Service Processing CapabilityThe OptiX RTN 950 has powerful Ethernet service processing capability.

Table 2-8 Ethernet service processing capability

Item Description

Ethernet servicetype

l Native Ethernet services: E-Line service and E-LAN servicel PW-carried Ethernet services: E-Line service and E-Aggr service

Range ofmaximum framelength

1518 bytes to 9600 bytes

VLAN l Adds, deletes, and switches VLAN tags that comply with IEEE802.1q/p, and forwards packets based on VLAN tags.

l Processes packets based on the port tag attribute (Tag/Hybrid/Access).

l The VLAN ID ranges from 1 to 4094.

MAC address l The E-LAN service supports the MAC address self learningcapability in two learning modes: SVL and IVL.

l MAC addresses can be filtered; that is, MAC addresses can beblacklisted.

l Static MAC address entries can be set.l The capacity of the MAC address table is 16 k (including static

entities).l The MAC address aging time can be configured.

Spanning tree Supports the MSTP protocol, and generates only the Common andInternal Spanning Tree (CIST). The functions of the MSTP protocol areequal to those of the RSTP protocol.

Physical linkaggregation(PLA)

Supports PLA at two integrated IP microwave ports.PLA, a kind of Layer 1 link aggregation group (L1 LAG) technology,shares load based on the bandwidth at the physical layer to achieve linkaggregation.

Link aggregation Applies to the FE/GE port and microwave port. Supports manualaggregation and static aggregation, as well as load sharing and non-loadsharing. The load sharing hash algorithm is implemented based on MACaddresses, IP addresses, or MPLS labels, and supports the specifiedmode and automatic mode.

ERPS Supports ITU-T G.8032-compliant ring network protection for Ethernetservices.

LPT Disables the remote Ethernet port that is connected to the user equipmentwhen the transmission network or local port fails.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

Page 31: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Description

QoS Supports QoS. For details, see 2.10 QoS.

Traffic controlfunction

Supports the IEEE 802.3x-compliant traffic control function.

ETH-OAM l Supports IEEE 802.1ag- and IEEE 802.3ah-compliant ETH-OAMfunction.

l Supports ITU-T Y.1731-compliant packet loss measurement, delaymeasurement, and delay variation measurement.

Ethernetperformancemonitoring

l Supports IETF RFC2819-compliant RMON performancemonitoring.

l Measures real-time and historical traffic and bandwidth utilizationfor ports.

l Measures real-time and historical performance events for DSdomains, flows, VLANs, VUNIs, PWs, and egress queues.

l Measures packet loss due to congestion for flows.l Measures packet loss due to congestion for PWs and egress queues.

SynchronousEthernet

Supports ITU-T G.8261- and ITU-T G.8262-compliant synchronousEthernet.

EoPDH Supported. The EFP8 board provides the EoPDH function.

EoSDH Supported. The EMS6 board provides the EoSDH function.

NOTE

l The E-Line service is an Ethernet private line service. The OptiX RTN 950 supports a maximum of 1024E-Line services.

l For Native Ethernet services, the OptiX RTN 950 supports E-Line services based on the port, port+VLAN, and port+QinQ.

l For PW-carried Ethernet services, the OptiX RTN 950 supports E-Line services based on the port, port+VLAN, and port+QinQ.

l The E-Aggr service is an Ethernet aggregation service. The OptiX RTN 950 supports E-Aggr services frommultiple UNIs to one PW and E-Aggr services from multiple PWs to one UNI.

l The E-LAN service is an Ethernet local area network (LAN) service. The OptiX RTN 950 supports the E-LAN service based on the 802.1d bridge, 802.1q bridge, and 802.1ad bridge. The bridge supports a maximumof 1024 logical ports.

2.10 QoSThe OptiX RTN 950 provides improved quality of service (QoS) and supports the followingeight types of per-hop behaviors (PHBs): BE, AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4, EF, CS6, and CS7.Therefore, network carriers can offer various QoS levels of service guarantees and buildnetworks that carry data, voice, and video services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

Page 32: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 2-9 QoS features

Feature Performance

DiffServ l For Ethernet services, supports mapping the Ethernet service intodifferent PHB service levels based on the C-VLAN priority, S-VLANpriority, IP DSCP value, and MPLS EXP value.

l For ATM services, supports flexible mapping between the ATMservice categories (CBR, UBR, UBR+, rtVBR, and nrtVBR) andPHB service levels.

l For CES services, the PHB service level of each CES service can beset manually (EF by default).

Trafficclassification

Supports classifying traffic based on the Port, C-VLAN ID, S-VLANID, 802.1p priority of the C-VLAN/S-VLAN packet, or DSCP.

Traffic policing Supports flow-based traffic policing and the setting of PIR and CIR insteps of 64 kbit/s.

Queue scheduling l Each Ethernet port or Integrated IP radio port supports eight levelsof priority scheduling.

l Flexibly sets the queue scheduling scheme for each Ethernet port andIntegrated IP radio port. The queue scheduling modes include SP, SP+WRR, and WRR.

Traffic shaping l Supports the shaping for the specified port, priority queue, or serviceflow.

l Supports a step of 64 kbit/s for the PIR and CIR.

Buffer capacity 12 Mbit

2.11 Clock FeaturesThe clock features of the OptiX RTN 950 can transport the clock of the mobile communicationnetwork and provide a complete selection of clock protection mechanisms.

Table 2-10 lists the clock features that the OptiX RTN 950 supports.

Table 2-10 Clock features

Item Description

Equipment clock Supports the three modes as defined in ITU-T G.813: locked,holdover, and free-run.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

Page 33: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Description

Clock source Supports the following clock sources:l SDH line clockl PDH tributary clockl Radio link clockl Synchronous Ethernet clockl 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz external clock

SSM protocol/ExtendedSSM protocol

Supported. SSM information can be transmitted in thefollowing modes:l SDH linel SDH radio linkl Integrated IP radio linkl Synchronization Ethernetl External clock interface (not supporting the extended SSM

protocol)

Tributary clock l Supports retiming for Native E1 and CES E1 services.l Supports the transparent transmission of E1 clocks.l Supports CES ACR clocks.

Output of the external clock Supported (120-ohm interface complying with G.703, 2 Mbit/s or 2 MHz mode)

2.12 Protection CapabilityThe OptiX RTN 950 provides a variety of protection schemes.

Table 2-11 Protection schemes

Item Description

Equipment-levelprotection

Power input 1+1 hot backup

Internal powermodule

1+1 hot backup

Control, switching,and timing board

1+1 hot backup

Radio links 1+1 HSB/SD/FD protection

N+1 protection

Network-levelprotection

MPLS MPLS tunnel 1:1 protection

PW PW 1:1 protection

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

Page 34: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Description

Ethernet LAG protection (including FE/GE ports andradio links)

ERPS protection (including FE/GE ports andradio links)

MSTP protection (including FE/GE ports andradio links)

PLA protection (only for radio links)

ATM over E1 IMA protection

TDM services SNCP (including radio links and SDH lines)

STM-1 1+1 or 1:N linear multiplex section protection(MSP)

2.13 Network ManagementThe OptiX RTN 950 supports multiple network management (NM) modes and providescomprehensive NM information exchange schemes.

NM Mode

The OptiX RTN 950 supports the following functions:

l Uses the iManager Web LCT to manage one local NE or one remote NE on a per-NE basis.l Uses the OptiX iManager U2000 to manage all OptiX RTN NEs on the transmission

network and the NEs of Huawei optical transmission products in a concentrated manner.The OptiX iManager U2000 is also able to manage transmission networks in a unifiedmanner.

l Uses the SNMP agent to query alarms and performance events.

NM Information Exchange Schemes

The OptiX RTN 950 supports inband DCN and outband DCN.

Table 2-12 DCN information exchange schemes

Item Specifications

DCNchannel

DCC byte PDHmicrowave

One or three DCC bytes that are defined byHuawei

Integrated IPradio

Three DCC bytes that are defined by Huawei

SDHmicrowave

D1-D3, D4-D12, or D1-D12 bytes

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

Page 35: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Specifications

SDH line D1-D3, D4-D12, or D1-D12 bytes

Network managementinterface

Supports one network management Ethernetinterface or one network managementEthernet cascade interface.

External clock interface Supports the transparent transmission ofDCC bytes through the external clockinterface.

Inband DCN Radio link The inband DCN channel is marked with theVLAN tag and its bandwidth is configurable.

FE/GEinterface

The inband DCN channel is marked with theVLAN tag and its bandwidth is configurable.

Networkmanagementprotocol

HWECC protocol Supported

IP protocols Supported

OSI protocols Supported

L2 DCN Supported

2.14 Easy InstallationThe OptiX RTN 950 supports several installation modes. That is, the installation is flexible andconvenient.

The IDU can be installed on the following types of cabinets and surfaces:

l In a 300 mm ETSI cabinetl In a 600 mm ETSI cabinetl In a 450 mm 19-inch cabinetl In a 600 mm 19-inch cabinetl In an open cabinetl In an outdoor cabinetl On a walll On a table

The ODU supports two installation modes: direct mounting and separate mounting.

2.15 Easy MaintenanceThe OptiX RTN 950 provides several maintenance features that effectively reduce the costsassociated with maintaining the equipment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

Page 36: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Management and Monitoringl The OptiX RTN 950 supports the unified management of the microwave transmission

network and the optical transmission network at the network layer using the iManagerU2000.

l The OptiX RTN 950 reports a variety of alarms and performance events.l The OptiX RTN 950 reports RMON performance events.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports measurement of real-time and historical traffic and

bandwidth utilization for ports.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports measurement of real-time and historical performance for DS

domains, flows, VLANs, VUNIs, PWs, and egress queues.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports measurement of packet loss due to congestion for flows.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports measurement of packet loss due to congestion for PWs

bandwidth and egress queues.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the monitoring and the graphic display of key radio

transmission performance specifications such as the microwave transmit power, the RSSI,and signal to noise ratio (SNR).

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the monitoring and graphic display of Ethernet performancespecifications such as port traffic and bandwidth utilization.

Hardware Maintenancel Each board of the IDU has running and alarm status indicators.l All the indicators and cable interfaces of the IDU are on the front panel.l The integrated control, switching, and timing board, IF board, service board, and fan board

support hot swapping.

Fault Diagnosis and Testingl The OptiX RTN 950 supports IEEE 802.1ag- and IEEE 802.3ah-compliant ETH-OAM

function.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports ITU-T Y.1731-compliant packet loss measurement, delay

measurement, and delay variation measurement.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports intelligent diagnoses function for faults on PWs.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the MPLS OAM function and LSP ping/traceroute.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the PW OAM function and PW ping/traceroute.l The OptiX RTN 950 supports various loopback functions of service ports and IF ports.l The OptiX RTN 950 has a built-in test system. Users can perform a PRBS test on an IF

port even when no testing tool is available.

Data Backupl The OptiX RTN 950 supports periodic backup and restoration of the NE database remotely

using the U2000.l The CF card that stores the data configuration file and the software can be replaced on site.

Therefore, users can load the data or upgrade the software by replacing the CF card.l Two sets of software and data are stored in the flash memory of the control, switching, and

timing board to facilitate smooth upgrades.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

Page 37: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Software Upgradel The OptiX RTN 950 supports remote loading of the NE software and data using the U2000

to provide a complete NE upgrade solution. Therefore, the entire network can be upgradedrapidly.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the NSF function. When a warm reset is performed for theNE software, SDH/PDH services and E-Line services are not interrupted.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports the hot patch loading function. Users can upgrade thesoftware without interrupting services.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports software version rollback. In the event of a software upgradefailure, the original software can be recovered which will also restore the original servicesof the system.

2.16 Energy SavingThe OptiX RTN 950 uses various types of technologies to reduce the amount of energy that thedevice consumes. The device:

l Uses a streamlined scheme for board design.l Replaces ordinary chips with ASIC chips that consume less power.l Uses high-efficiency power modules.l Supports intelligent adjustment of the fan speed that dissipates heat in a timely manner,

reduces power consumption, and minimizes noise.l Shuts down idle FE/GE ports and SFP optical modules.

2.17 Environmental ProtectionThe OptiX RTN 950 is designed to meet or exceed environmental protection requirements. Theproduct complies with the RoHS directive.

l The OptiX RTN 950 undergoes a compulsory packing process that limits the size of thepackage containing the equipment and accessories to three times that of the equipmentdimensions.

l The product is designed for easy unpacking. In addition, all hazardous substances containedin the packaging decompose quickly.

l Every plastic component that weighs over 25 g is labeled according to the standards of ISO11469 and ISO 1043-1 to ISO 1043-4. All components and packages of the equipment areprovided with standard labels for recycling.

l Plugs and connectors are easy to find and the associated operations can be performed usingstandard tools.

l All the accompanying materials (such as labels) are easy to remove. Certain types ofidentifying information (such as silkscreens) are printed on the front panel or chassis.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 2 Functions and Features

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

Page 38: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3 Product Structure

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the system architecture, hardware architecture, and software architectureof the product, in addition to how the system processes service signals.

3.1 System ArchitectureThe OptiX RTN 950 has a single-plane (TDM) or a dual-plane (TDM/Packet) systemarchitecture depending on the type of system control, cross-connect, and timing boards that areconfigured.

3.2 Hardware StructureThe OptiX RTN 950 adopts a split structure. The system consists of the IDU 950 and the ODU.An ODU is connected to the IDU 950 through an IF cable. The IF cable transmits IF servicesignals and the O&M signals of the ODU and also supplies -48 V DC power to the ODU.

3.3 Software StructureThe OptiX RTN 950 software consists of the NMS software, IDU software, and ODU software.

3.4 Service Signal Processing FlowThe flows for transmitting the SDH/PDH microwave signals, Hybrid microwave signals, andpacket microwave signals are different.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

Page 39: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3.1 System ArchitectureThe OptiX RTN 950 has a single-plane (TDM) or a dual-plane (TDM/Packet) systemarchitecture depending on the type of system control, cross-connect, and timing boards that areconfigured.

3.1.1 TDM Single-Plane System ArchitectureWhen the OptiX RTN 950 houses the CST board, the system architecture is TDM single-plane.

In the single-plane (TDM) system architecture, the OptiX RTN 950 consists of a series offunctional units, including the service interface unit, timeslot cross-connect unit, IF unit, controlunit, clock unit, auxiliary interface unit, fan unit, power unit, and ODU.

Figure 3-1 Block diagram (TDM single-plane)

Sync/Async dataExternal alarm

IF unit

ODU

STM-1

-48V/-60V DC

IDU

Timeslot cross-

connect unit

VC-4 signal

Orderwire

Service interface

unitControl and

overhead bus

Fan unit

Clock unit

Control unit

Auxiliary interface

unit

Power unit

Clock interface NM data

VC-4 signal

IF signal

RF signal

Antenna

E1

FE

NOTE

With the EoSDH/EoPDH function, Ethernet services can be transmitted over SDH/PDH microwave.

Table 3-1 Functional unit (TDM single-plane)

Functional Unit Function

Service interfaceunit

l Transmits/Receives E1 signals.l Transmits/Receives STM-1 signals.l Transmits/Receives Ethernet signals, and uses the EoSDH/EoPDH

function to encapsulate Ethernet services into SDH or E1 signals.

Timeslot cross-connect unit

Provides the cross-connect function and grooms TDM services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

Page 40: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Functional Unit Function

IF unit l Maps service signals to microwave frame signals and demapsmicrowave frame signals to service signals.

l Performs conversion between microwave frame signals and IFanalog signals.

l Provides the O&M channel between the IDU and the ODU.l Supports FEC.

Control unit l Provides the system communications and control.l Provides the system configuration and management.l Collects alarms and monitors performance.l Processes overheads.

Clock unit l Traces the clock source signal and provides various clock signalsfor the system.

l Provides the input/output interface for external clock signals.

Auxiliary interfaceunit

l Provides the orderwire interface.l Provides the synchronous/asynchronous data interface.l Provides the external alarm input/output interface.

Power unit l Gains access to -48 V/-60 V DC power.l Provides DC power for the IDU.l Provides -48 V DC power for the ODU.

Fan unit Provides air cooling for the IDU.

3.1.2 TDM/Packet Dual-Plane System ArchitectureWhen the OptiX RTN 950 houses the CSH board, the system architecture is TDM/Packet dual-plane.

In the TDM/Packet dual-plane system architecture, the OptiX RTN 950 consists of a series offunctional units, including the service interface unit, timeslot cross-connect unit, packetswitching unit, IF unit, control unit, clock unit, auxiliary interface unit, fan unit, power unit, andODU.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

Page 41: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 3-2 Block diagram (TDM/Packet dual-plane)

Sync/Async dataExternal alarm

Packetswitching unit

IF unit

ODU

E1(TDM/ATM)

-48V/-60V DC

IDU

Ethernet

Ethernetsignal

Timeslotcross-

connectunit

VC-4signal

Orderwire

Serviceinterface

unit

Control andoverhead bus

Fanunit

Clockunit

Controlunit

Auxiliaryinterface

unit

Powerunit

External clockinterface

NM data

Ethernetsignal

VC-4signal

IF signal

RFsignal

Antenna

STM-1

Table 3-2 Functional unit (TDM/Packet dual-plane)

Functional Unit Function

Service interfaceunit

l Transmits/Receives TDM E1 signals.l Transmits/Receives ATM/IMA E1 signals.l Transmits/Receives STM-1 signals.l Transmits/Receives Ethernet signals.l Uses the EoSDH/EoPDH function to encapsulate Ethernet services

into SDH or E1 signals.l Performs E1/ATM/Ethernet service emulation based on PWE3.

Timeslot cross-connect unit

Provides the cross-connect function and grooms TDM services.

Packet switchingunit

l Processes Ethernet services and forwards packets.l Processes MPLS labels and forwards packets.l Processes PW labels and forwards packets.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

Page 42: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Functional Unit Function

IF unit l Maps service signals to microwave frame signals and demapsmicrowave frame signals to service signals.

l Performs conversion between microwave frame signals and IFanalog signals.

l Provides the O&M channel between the IDU and the ODU.l Supports FEC.

Control unit l Provides the system communications and control.l Provides the system configuration and management.l Collects alarms and monitors performance.l Processes overheads.

Clock unit l Traces the clock source signal and provides various clock signalsfor the system.

l Supports input and output of one external clock signal.

Auxiliary interfaceunit

l Provides the orderwire interface.l Provides the synchronous/asynchronous data interface.l Provides the external alarm input/output interface.

Power unit l Gains access to -48 V/-60 V DC power.l Provides DC power for the IDU.l Provides -48 V DC power for the ODU.

Fan unit Provides air cooling for the IDU.

3.2 Hardware StructureThe OptiX RTN 950 adopts a split structure. The system consists of the IDU 950 and the ODU.An ODU is connected to the IDU 950 through an IF cable. The IF cable transmits IF servicesignals and the O&M signals of the ODU and also supplies -48 V DC power to the ODU.

3.2.1 IDUThe IDU 950 is the indoor unit for the OptiX RTN 950.

The IDU 950 uses a card plug-in design. It implements different functions by configuringdifferent types of boards. All service boards support hot swapping.

Figure 3-3 IDU slot layout

Slot9

(PIU)

Slot 7 (CST/CSH)

Slot 1 (EXT)

Slot 5 (EXT)

Slot 3 (EXT)

Slot 2 (EXT)

Slot 4 (EXT)

Slot 6 (EXT)

Slot 8 (CST/CSH)Slot10

(PIU) Slot11

(FAN)

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

Page 43: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

"EXT" represents an extended slot, which can house any type of IF board or interface board.

Table 3-3 List of IDU boards

BoardAcronym

Board NameValid Slot Description

CST TDM control,switching, andtiming board

Slot 7 or slot 8 l Provides full time division cross-connections forVC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services equivalent to 32x32VC-4s.

l Performs system communication and control.l Provides the clock processing function and supports

one external clock input/output function.l Provides one Ethernet NM interface, one NM serial

interface, and one NE cascading interface.l Provides one outdoor monitoring interface.

CSH Hybrid control,switching, andtiming board

Slot 7 or slot 8 l Provides full time division cross-connections forVC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services equivalent to 32x32VC-4s.

l Provides the 10 Gbit/s packet switching capability.l Performs system communication and control.l Provides the clock processing function and supports

one external clock input/output function.l Provides one Ethernet NM interface, one NM serial

interface, and one NE cascading interface.l Provides one outdoor monitoring interface.

ISU2 Universal IFboard

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides one IF interface.l Supports integrated IP microwave and SDH

microwave. The supported service modes are NativeE1+Ethernet, Native STM-1+Ethernet or SDH(1xSTM-1 or 2xSTM-1).

l Supports the AM function.l Supports Ethernet frame header compression.l Supports the physical link aggregation (PLA)

function.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

Page 44: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

BoardAcronym

Board NameValid Slot Description

ISX2 Universal XPICIF board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides one IF interface.l Supports integrated IP microwave and SDH

microwave. The supported service modes are NativeE1+Ethernet, Native STM-1+Ethernet or SDH(1xSTM-1 or 2xSTM-1).

l Supports the XPIC function.l Supports the AM function.l Supports Ethernet frame header compression.l Supports the physical link aggregation (PLA)

function.

IF1 SDH IF board Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides one IF interface.l Supports the TU-based PDH microwave solution

and the STM-1-based SDH microwave solution.

IFU2 Universal IFboard

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides one IF interface.l Supports integrated IP microwave.l Supports the AM function.

IFX2 Universal XPICIF board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides one IF interface.l Supports integrated IP microwave.l Supports the XPIC function.l Supports the AM function.

SL1D 2xSTM-1interface board

Slot 1 to slot 6 Uses the SFP module to provide two STM-1 optical/electrical interfaces.

SL1DA 2xSTM-1interface board

Slot 1 to slot 6 Uses the SFP module to provide two STM-1 optical/electrical interfaces.

EM6T/EM6TA 6-port RJ45Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernetinterface board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides four FE electrical interfaces.l Provides two GE electrical interfaces that are

compatible with the FE electrical interface.

EM6F/EM6FA 4-port RJ45 + 2-port SFP FastEthernet/Gigabit Ethernetinterface board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides four FE electrical interfaces.l Uses the SFP module to provide two GE/FE optical

interfaces or GE electrical interfaces. The GEelectrical interfaces are compatible with the FEelectrical interfaces.

EFP8 8-port RJ45 FEEoPDHprocessingboard with theswitchingfunction

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides eight FE electrical interfaces.l Bridges to the packet plane through one internal GE

interface.l Supports the processing of EoPDH services.l Supports Ethernet transparent transmission services

and Layer 2 switching services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

Page 45: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

BoardAcronym

Board NameValid Slot Description

EMS6 4-port RJ45 and2-port SFP FE/GE EoSDHprocessingboard with theswitchingfunction

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides four FE electrical interfaces.l Uses the SFP module to provide two GE optical or

electrical interfaces. The GE electrical interfaces arecompatible with the FE electrical interfaces.

l Supports the processing of EoSDH services.l Supports Ethernet transparent transmission services

and Layer 2 switching services.

ML1 16xE1 (Smart)tributary board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides sixteen 75-ohm or 120-ohm Smart E1interfaces.

l Supports CES E1, ATM/IMA E1, and Fractional E1.

MD1 32xE1 (Smart)tributary board

Slot 1 to slot 6 l Provides thirty-two 75-ohm or 120-ohm Smart E1interfaces.

l Supports CES E1, ATM/IMA E1, and Fractional E1.

SP3S 16xE1 tributaryboard

Slot 1 to slot 6 Provides sixteen 75-ohm or 120-ohm TDM E1interfaces.

SP3D 32xE1 tributaryboard

Slot 1 to slot 6 Provides thirty-two 75-ohm or TDM 120-ohm E1interfaces.

AUX Auxiliaryinterface board

Slot 1 to slot 6 Provides one orderwire interface, one asynchronousdata interface, one synchronous data interface, and four-input and two-output external alarm interfaces.

TCU6 6xE1 connectorconversionboard

Slot 1 to slot 6 Provides one DB44 connector and six RJ45 connectors.When being used with an E1 tributary board and anAnea 96 to DB44 transit cable, it converts E1 interfaces1 to 6 on the Anea 96 connector into RJ45 connectors.

PIU Power board Slot 9 or slot 10 Provides one -48 V/-60 V DC power input.

FAN Fan board Slot 11 Cools and ventilates the IDU.

3.2.2 ODUThe ODU is an integrated system that is available in several models. The architectures andworking principles of the various ODU models are similar.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

Page 46: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Block Diagram

Figure 3-4 Block diagram of the ODU

Antenna port

CTRL

Tx IF

Rx IF

Cable port

PWR

Up-conversionMultiplexer

O&Muplink

O&Mdownlink

DC

Down-conversion

AMP

LNA

Synthesizers

Duplexer

Rx RF

Tx RF

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

The multiplexer splits the signal from the IF cable into a 350 MHz IF signal, a 5.5 MHz O&Muplink signal, and a -48 V DC power signal.

In the transmit direction, the IF signal is processed as follows:

1. After the up-conversion, filtering, and amplification are completed, the IF signal isconverted into the RF signal and then is sent to the AMP amplifier unit.

2. The AMP amplifies the RF signal (the output power of the signal can be controlled by theIDU software).

3. After the amplification, the RF signal is sent to the antenna through the duplexer.

The O&M uplink signal is a 5.5 MHz ASK-modulated signal and is demodulated in the CTRLcontrol unit.

The -48 V DC power signal is sent to the PWR power unit where the secondary power supplythat uses a different voltage is generated and provided to the modules of the ODU.

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

The duplexer separates the RF signal from the antenna signal. The RF signal is amplified in thelow noise amplifier (LNA). After the down-conversion, filtering, and amplification arecompleted, the RF signal is converted into the 140 MHz IF signal and then is sent to themultiplexer.

The O&M downlink signal is modulated under the ASK scheme in the CTRL unit. The 10 MHzsignal is generated through the modulation and is sent to the multiplexer. The CTRL unit alsodetects the received signal power through the RSSI detection circuit and provides the RSSIinterface.

The IF signal and the O&M downlink signal are combined in the multiplexer and then are sentto the IDU through the IF cable.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

Page 47: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3.3 Software StructureThe OptiX RTN 950 software consists of the NMS software, IDU software, and ODU software.

Figure 3-5 shows the software structure. The NMS software communicates with the NE softwarethrough the Qx interface. The Qx interfaces are management protocol interfaces designed forHuawei's OptiX equipment. The protocol stack and messages used by Qx interfaces aredeveloped based on ITU-T G.773, ITU-T Q.811, and ITU-T Q.812.

Figure 3-5 Software structure

NMS software

Qx interface

IDU software ODU software

3.3.1 NMS SoftwareHuawei offers a transmission network management solution that meets the requirements of thetelecommunication management network (TMN) for managing all the OptiX RTN products andother OptiX series transmission products on a network.

For detail, see 5.1 Network Management Solution.

3.3.2 IDU SoftwareThe IDU software consists of NE software and board software.

The NE software manages, monitors, and controls the running status of the IDU. Through theNE software, the NMS communicates with boards, and controls and manages the NE. The NEsoftware communicates with the ODU software to manage and control the running of the ODU.

The board software manages and controls the running status of other boards of the IDU exceptthe system control, switching, and timing board. The board software of the Ethernet interfaceboard or Ethernet processing board is stand-alone and runs board CPU. Software of other boardsis integrated as software modules with the NE software and runs in the CPU of the system control,switching, and timing board.

3.3.3 ODU SoftwareThe ODU software manages and controls the running status of the ODU. The ODU softwarecontrols the running of the ODU based on the parameters transmitted by the IDU software. TheODU running status is reported to the IDU software.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

Page 48: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3.4 Service Signal Processing FlowThe flows for transmitting the SDH/PDH microwave signals, Hybrid microwave signals, andpacket microwave signals are different.

3.4.1 SDH/PDH MicrowaveThis section describes how an IF1 board transmits the E1 services the processing flow for SDH/PDH microwave service signals.

Figure 3-6 Service signal processing flow of the SDH/PDH microwave

ODU

RFsignal

IFsignal

Antenna

SP3S/SP3D IF1

IDU

E1 CST/CSH

VC-4signal

VC-4signal

Table 3-4 Service signal processing flow of the SDH/PDH microwave in the transmit direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 SP3S/SP3D l Receives E1 signals.l Performs HDB3 decoding.l Maps E1 service signals into VC-12 signals.l Multiplexes the VC-12 signals into VC-4 signals.l Transmits the VC-4 signals to the timeslot cross-connect

unit of the CST/CSH.

2 CST/CSH The timeslot cross-connect unit grooms VC-12 signals to theVC-4 signals of the IF1 board.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

Page 49: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

3 IF1 l Demultiplexes the VC-12 signals to be transmitted fromVC-4 signals.

l Maps the VC-12 signals into the TU-12-based or STM-1-based microwave frame payload to add microwave frameoverheads and pointers and form complete microwaveframes.

l Performs FEC coding.l Performs digital modulation.l Performs D/A conversion.l Performs analog modulation.l Combines the analog IF signals and ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals and -48 V power to the

ODU through the IF cable.

4 ODU l Splits the analog IF signals, ODU O&M signals, and -48V power.

l Converts the analog IF signals into RF signals through upconversions and amplification.

l Transmits the RF signals to the antenna through thewaveguide.

Table 3-5 Service signal processing flow of the SDH/PDH microwave in the receive direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 ODU l Isolates and filters RF signals.l Converts the RF signals into analog IF signals through

down conversions and amplification.l Combines the IF signals and the ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals to the IF board through

the IF cable.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

Page 50: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

2 IF1 l Splits the received analog IF signals and ODU O&Msignals.

l Performs A/D conversion for the IF signals.l Performs digital demodulation.l Performs time domain adaptive equalization.l Performs FEC decoding.l Synchronizes and descrambles the frames.l Extracts overheads from microwave frames.l Extracts VC-12 signals from the microwave frames and

multiplexes the VC-12 signals into VC-4 signals.l Transmits the VC-4 signals to the timeslot cross-connect

unit of the CST/CSH.

3 CST/CSH The timeslot cross-connect unit grooms VC-12 signals to theVC-4 signals of the SP3S/SP3D.

4 SP3S/SP3D l Demultiplexes VC-12 signals from VC-4 signals.l Demaps E1 service signals from the VC-12 signals.l Performs HDB3 coding.l Outputs E1 signals.

3.4.2 Hybrid MicrowaveThis section describes how an IFU2 board transmits the E1 services and the FE services theprocessing flow for Hybrid microwave service signals.

Figure 3-7 Service signal processing flow of the Hybrid microwave

SP3S/SP3D

IFU2

IDU

E1

CSH

VC-4signal

VC-4signal

EM6T/EM6F

FE Ethernetsignal

ODU

RFsignal

IFsignal

AntennaEthernetsignal

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

Page 51: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 3-6 Service signal processing flow of the Hybrid microwave in the transmit direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 SP3S/SP3D l Receives E1 signals.l Performs HDB3 decoding.l Maps E1 service signals into VC-12 signals.l Multiplexes the VC-12 signals into VC-4 signals.l Transmits the VC-4 signals to the timeslot cross-connect

unit of the CSH.

EM6T/EM6F l Receives FE signals.l Performs decoding.l Aligns frames, strips the preamble code, and processes the

CRC check code.l Forwards Ethernet frames to the packet switching unit of

the CSH.

2 CSH l Based on the service configuration, the timeslot cross-connect unit grooms VC-12 signals to the VC-4 signals ofthe IFU2 board.

l The packet switching unit processes Ethernet framesbased on the configuration and the Layer 2 protocol, andthen forwards the processed Ethernet frames to the IFU2through the microwave port.

3 IFU2 l Selects the proper modulation scheme based on the currentchannel quality.

l Demultiplexes the VC-12 signals to be transmitted fromVC-4 signals.

l Demaps E1 service signals from the VC-12 signals.l Maps the E1 service signals and Ethernet frames into the

microwave frame payload, and adds microwave frameoverheads to form complete microwave frames.

l Performs FEC coding.l Performs digital modulation.l Performs D/A conversion.l Performs analog modulationl Combines the analog IF signals and ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals and -48 V power to the

ODU through the IF cable.

4 ODU l Splits the analog IF signals, ODU O&M signals, and -48V power.

l Converts the analog IF signals into RF signals through upconversions and amplification.

l Transmits the RF signals to the antenna through thewaveguide.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

Page 52: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 3-7 Service signal processing flow of the Hybrid microwave in the receive direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 ODU l Isolates and filters RF signals.l Converts the RF signals into analog IF signals through

down conversions and amplification.l Combines the IF signals and the ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals to the IF board through

the IF cable.

2 IFU2 l Splits the received analog IF signals and ODU O&Msignals.

l Performs A/D conversion.l Performs digital demodulation.l Performs time domain adaptive equalization.l Performs FEC decoding.l Synchronizes and descrambles the frames.l Extracts overheads from microwave frames.l Extracts E1 service signals from the microwave frames

and maps the E1 service signals into VC-12 signals.l Multiplexes the VC-12 signals into VC-4 signals and

transmits the VC-4 signals to the timeslot cross-connectunit of the CSH board.

l Extracts Ethernet frames from the microwave frames, andthen transmits the Ethernet frames to the packet switchingunit of the CSH board.

3 CSH l Based on the service configuration, the timeslot cross-connect unit grooms VC-12 signals to the VC-4 signals ofthe SP3S or SP3D.

l The packet switching unit processes Ethernet framesbased on the configuration and the Layer 2 protocol, andthen forwards the processed Ethernet frames to the relatedEM6T/EM6F board.

4 SP3S/SP3D l Demultiplexes VC-12 signals from VC-4 signals.l Demaps E1 service signals from the VC-12 signals.l Performs HDB3 coding.l Outputs E1 signals.

EM6T/EM6F l Aligns frames, adds the preamble code, and processes theCRC check code.

l Performs coding.l Outputs FE signals.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

Page 53: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

3.4.3 Packet MicrowaveThis section describes how an ISU2 board transmits the TDM E1 services and ATM/IMA E1services that the ML1/MD1 board receives and the FE services that the EM6T/EM6F boardreceives. It serves as an example to illustrate the processing flow for Packet microwave servicesignals.

Figure 3-8 Flow of service signal processing

ML1/MD1

ISU2 ODU

RFsignal

IFsignal

IDU

Antenna

E1

FE

Servicebus

CSH

Servicebus

EM6T/EM6F Service

bus

Table 3-8 Service signal processing in the transmit direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 ML1/MD1 l Receives TDM E1 signals and ATM/IMA E1 signals.l Extracts service payloads from TDM E1 signals and

performs the PWE3 encapsulation to form the Ethernetframes that carry PW packets.

l Demultiplexes ATM cells from ATM/IMA E1 signals andperforms the PWE3 encapsulation to form the Ethernetframes that carry PW packets.

l Forwards Ethernet frames to the CSH board.

2 EM6T/EM6F l Receives FE signals.l Extracts Ethernet frames from FE signals, and then

forwards the Ethernet frames to the CSH board.

3 CSH l Perform Layer 2 processing for the Ethernet signals thatare transmitted from the EM6T or EM6F board based onthe configuration and the Layer 2 protocol, and thenperforms the PWE3 encapsulation to form the Ethernetframes that carry PW packets.

l Processes the Ethernet frames that carry and isolate PWpackets based on the service configuration and the Layer3 protocol, and then forwards the processed Ethernetframes to ISU2.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

Page 54: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

4 ISU2 l Selects the proper modulation scheme based on the qualityof the channel.

l Receives the Ethernet signals transmitted from the CSH.l Forms Ethernet service signals and microwave frame

overheads into microwave frames.l Performs FEC coding.l Performs digital modulation.l Performs D/A conversion.l Performs analog modulationl Combines the analog IF signals and ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals and -48 V power to the

ODU through the IF cable.

5 ODU l Splits the analog IF signals, ODU O&M signals, and -48V power.

l Converts the analog IF signals into RF signals through upconversions and amplification.

l Transmits the RF signals to the antenna through thewaveguide.

Table 3-9 Service signal processing flow in the receive direction

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

1 ODU l Isolates and filters RF signals.l Converts the RF signals into analog IF signals through

down conversions and amplification.l Combines the IF signals and the ODU O&M signals.l Transmits the combined signals to the IF boards.

2 ISU2 l Splits the received analog IF signals and ODU O&Msignals.

l Performs A/D conversion.l Performs digital demodulation.l Performs time domain adaptive equalization.l Performs FEC decoding.l Synchronizes and descrambles the frames.l Extracts overheads from microwave frames.l Extracts Ethernet frames from microwave frames, and

then transmits the Ethernet frames to the CSH.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

Page 55: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NO. Component Signal Processing Description

3 CSH l Processes the Ethernet frames that carry PW packets basedon the service configuration and the Layer 3 protocol, andthen forwards the processed Ethernet frames.

l Forwards Ethernet frames to the ML1 or ML1A boarddirectly. In the case of the Ethernet frames that need to beforwarded to the EF8T/EF8F board, extracts Ethernetframes from PW packets, performs layer 2 processingbased on the configuration and the Layer 2 protocol, andthen forwards the Ethernet frames to the EM6T or EM6Fboard.

4 ML1/MD1 l Extracts ATM cells, and TDM E1 service payloads fromPW packets.

l Multiplexes the ATM cells into the ATM/IMA E1 signalsinversely.

l Outputs TDM E1 service payloads through the E1interface.

5 EM6T/EM6F Outputs Ethernet frames through the FE interface.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 3 Product Structure

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

Page 56: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

4 Networking and Applications

About This Chapter

The OptiX RTN 950 provides complete microwave transmission solutions and supports varioustypes of networking solutions to meet the diverse customer requirements.

4.1 Basic Network TopologiesThe basic network topologies of the OptiX RTN 950 are chain network and ring network.

4.2 Feature Application (MPLS Packet Service)With the MPLS/PWE3 technology, the OptiX RTN 950 can transmit three types of packetservices: CES services, ATM services, and Ethernet services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

Page 57: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

4.1 Basic Network TopologiesThe basic network topologies of the OptiX RTN 950 are chain network and ring network.

4.1.1 Chain NetworkThe OptiX RTN 950 supports a chain network, and can form a tree or star network.

Figure 4-1 shows the radio transmission solution wherein a chain network is the basic networktopology.

l The radio link of a required air interface capacity can be established based on the capacityof an access link. An ordinary link uses 1+0 non-protection configuration. An importantlink uses the 1+1 protection configuration.

l The radio link of a required air interface capacity can be established based on the capacityof the aggregation link, and the radio link uses 1+1 protection configuration. The radio linkcan use XPIC 1+1 configuration, which will double the capacity of a channel. Alternatively,the radio link can use N+1 protection, which will increase the service capacity betweensites to N times.

l The radio link uses N+0 configuration if protection is not required, which will increase theservice capacity between sites to N times.

l The OptiX RTN 950 supports aggregation of radio signals in multiple directions, whichhelps a nodal site aggregate and transmit signals over multiple hops of radio links.

Figure 4-1 Radio transmission solution based on chain networks

Tail link Feeder link

Regional BackhaulNetwork

BSC

1+1

1+0

1+1E1

FE

FE

E1 RNC

BTS

NodeB

BTS

NodeB

4.1.2 Ring NetworkThe OptiX RTN 950 supports a ring network and provides protection for a ring network. Inaddition, a ring network and a chain network can form a ring with chain network.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

Page 58: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l On a ring network comprised of TDM radio links, SNCP can be configured to protect SDH/PDH services.

l On a ring network comprised of Hybrid radio links, SNCP can be configured to protectSDH/PDH services while ERPS can be configured to protect Ethernet services.

l On a ring network comprised of Packet radio links, MPLS 1:1 APS or PW 1:1 APS can beconfigured to protect packet services.

Figure 4-2 Radio transmission solution based on ring networks

BTSE1

FE

NodeB

Radio ring

BTSE1

FE

BTS

E1

FE

NodeB

Regional BackhaulNetwork

BSC

NodeB

RNC

4.2 Feature Application (MPLS Packet Service)With the MPLS/PWE3 technology, the OptiX RTN 950 can transmit three types of packetservices: CES services, ATM services, and Ethernet services.

4.2.1 CES ServicesOn the OptiX RTN 950, CES services are constructed using the TDM PWE3 technology. Thatis, TDM E1 services are encapsulated into PW packets, and the PW packets are transmittedthrough a PW on the PSN.

Application Example

Circuit emulation service (CES) is mainly used to transmit mobile backhauled services andenterprise private line services. As shown in Figure 4-3, a 2G base station or an enterprise privateline connects to the OptiX RTN 950 through a TDM line. The OptiX RTN 950 encapsulates theTDM signals into packets, and then transmits the packets to the opposite end through a PW onthe PSN.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

Page 59: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 4-3 Example of CES services

IP/MPLS Backebone Network

BTS BTS

Backebone layer

Convergence layer

Access layer

BSCBSC

CES services OptiX packettransmission product

OptiX RTN 900

BTS BTSCorporation Corporation

Emulation ModesThe OptiX RTN 950 supports CES services in structured emulation mode and non-structuredemulation mode.

l The structured emulation mode is the CESoPSN mode. The equipment is aware of the framestructure, framing mode, and timeslot information in the TDM circuit.

l The non-structured emulation mode is the SAToP mode. The equipment is not aware ofthe frame structure. Instead, the equipment considers the TDM signals as consecutive bitstreams, and then emulates and transparently transmits the TDM signals.

As shown in Figure 4-4, the OptiX RTN 950 in CESoPSN mode supports the compression ofidle 64 kbit/s timeslots in TDM E1 signals to save transmission bandwidth.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

Page 60: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 4-4 Compression of idle 64 kbit/s timeslots in TDM E1 signals

BSC

...

0 1

292 3

30 31

...0 1

292 3

30 31

BTS

BTS

BTS

...0 1 292 3 30 31

...0 1 292 3 30 31 Timeslots in the E1 frame

...0 1 292 3 30 31

...0 1 292 3 30 31

...0 1 292 3 30 31

PW1 2 29

PW1 3 30 31

PW1 2 3

Service ClocksClock information is an important feature of TDM services. The OptiX RTN 950 supports theretiming clocks and CES ACR clocks of CES services.

In retiming synchronization mode, the system clocks of all PEs on the network are synchronized.The system clock of a PE is considered as the service transmit clock (retiming). As shown inFigure 4-5, the system clock of BTS synchronizes itself with the service clock of PE. In thismanner, all PEs and CEs are synchronous, and the transmit clocks of TDM services on all CEsand PEs are synchronous.

Figure 4-5 Retiming synchronization mode of CES service clocks

BTS BSCPE PE

CES

E1

Clock synchronization

E1

Synchronizes withthe E1 signal clock.

Synchronizes withthe radio link clock.

Transmits E1signals according tothe system clock.

In ACR mode, the clock is extracted from the TDM interface on the PE on the ingress side. Onthe PE on the egress side, the clock of the emulated TDM service is recovered based on the clockinformation in the CES service. Figure 4-6 shows the retiming synchronization mode of CESservice clocks.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

Page 61: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 4-6 Adaptive synchronization mode of CES service clocks

BTS BSCPE PE

CES

E1 E1

Extracts the clock from theE1 signal and add theclock information to theCES service.

Recovers the E1 signalclock from the CESservice.

Clock synchronization

4.2.2 ATM/IMA ServicesThe OptiX RTN 950 supports ATM PWE3 services. The ATM/IMA E1 technology is used totransmit ATM services to the OptiX RTN equipment, and then the ATM cells are encapsulatedinto PW packets. The packets are then transmitted in the MPLS tunnel on the PSN.

Application ExampleATM/IMA services are mainly backhauled services of base stations. With the ATM/IMA E1technology, the ATM services from NodeB are transmitted to the OptiX RTN 950. On the OptiXRTN 950, PWE3 emulation is performed for the ATM services. Then, the services aretransmitted over PWs in MPLS tunnels across the PSN towards the RNC. Before being sent tothe RNC, the services are decapsulated on the OptiX PTN/RTN equipment. Figure 4-7 showsthe application example.

Figure 4-7 Example of ATM/IMA services

IMA E1

NodeBRTN PTN

IMA E1/c-STM-1

PSN

MPLS tunnel

RNC

PW (ATM PWE3)

ATM/IMA Services on the UNI SideOn the UNI side, the OptiX RTN 950 supports the following ATM/IMA functions:

l Supports the IMA E1 technology in which an IMA group is comprised of E1 links.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

Page 62: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l Supports the Fractional IMA technology in which an IMA group is comprised of FractionalE1 links.

ATM PWE3 Services on the NNI SideOn the NNI side, the OptiX RTN 950 supports the following ATM PWE3 functions:

l One-to-one VCC mapping scheme: One VCC is mapped into one PW.l N-to-one VCC mapping scheme: N (N≤32) VCCs are mapped into one PW.l One-to-one VPC mapping scheme: One VPC is mapped into one PW.l N-to-one VPC mapping scheme: N (N≤32) VPCs are mapped into one PW.l On one PW, a maximum of 31 ATM cells can be concatenated.l ATM transparent service.

4.2.3 Ethernet ServicesThe OptiX RTN 950 supports Ethernet PWE3 services. Therefore, PWs can be used to transmitE-Line services and E-Aggr services.

E-Line ServicesThe E-Line technology is used to transmit isolated Ethernet private line services.

Figure 4-8 illustrates an example of how E-Line services are applied on the OptiX RTN 950.Company A has branches in City 1 and City 3; Company B has branches in City 2 and City 3;Company C has branches in City 1 and City 2. The branches of Company A, Company B, andCompany C each have specific data communication requirements. In this application scenario,the OptiX RTN 950 can provide E-Line services for Company A, Company B, and Company Cthat can meet each of their respective needs while ensuring that the service data of each companyis separated.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

Page 63: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 4-8 Example of E-Line services

Nationwide/Globalcarrier Ethernet

Company A

Company B

City 3

Company C

City 1

Company A

Company C

Company B

City 2

E-Line1E-Line2E-Line3

OptiX RTN 900

OptiX packettransmission product

E-Aggr ServicesThe E-Aggr technology is used to transmit multipoint-to-point bidirectional aggregationservices. An E-Aggr service has multiple aggregation sources and one aggregation sink. Theaggregation sources and the aggregation sink can communicate with each other bidirectionally,but are isolated from each other.

E-Aggr services are distinguished based on VLAN tag switching. E-ARRG services simplifyservice configuration, and QoS processing can be performed at aggregation points.

Figure 4-8 shows the application of E-Aggr services on a mobile bearer network. On the basestation side, services from different base stations are aggregated to a PW; on the RNC side,services on multiple PWs are aggregated at an interface and then transmitted to the RNC.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

Page 64: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 4-9 Example of E-Aggr services

FE

NodeB1

RTN

RTN

RTN

GELSP1/PW1

LSP2/PW2

MPLSnetwork

RNC

NodeB 2

NodeB 3

NodeB 4

FE

FE

FE

GE

UNIs-NNIaggregation

NNIs-UNIaggregation

UNIs-NNIaggregation

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 4 Networking and Applications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

Page 65: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

5 Network Management System

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the network management solution and the NMS software that constitutesthis solution.

5.1 Network Management SolutionHuawei offers a complete transmission network management solution compliant with TMN fordifferent function domains and customer groups on telecommunication networks.

5.2 Web LCTThe Web LCT is a local maintenance terminal. The Web LCT provides the followingmanagement functions at the NE layer: NE management, alarm management, performancemanagement, configuration management, communication management, and securitymanagement.

5.3 U2000The U2000 is a network-level network management system. A user can access the U2000 serverthrough a U2000 client to manage Huawei transport subnets in a unified manner. The U2000can provide NE-level and network-level management functions.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 5 Network Management System

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

Page 66: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

5.1 Network Management SolutionHuawei offers a complete transmission network management solution compliant with TMN fordifferent function domains and customer groups on telecommunication networks.

The NM solutions consist of the following:

l iManager U2000 Web LCT local maintenance terminalThe Web LCT, a Web-based local maintenance terminal, is used to manage local and remoteNEs on a per-site or hop basis.

l iManager U2000 unified network management systemThe iManager U2000, a network-level management system, is used to manage Huaweitransmission equipment such as the OptiX RTN, PTN, MSTP, and WDM equipment.

Figure 5-1 Network management solution for transmission networks

WAN/LAN

iManager U2000

Web LCT Web LCT

Accesslayer

Aggregationlayer

Backbonelayer

5.2 Web LCTThe Web LCT is a local maintenance terminal. The Web LCT provides the followingmanagement functions at the NE layer: NE management, alarm management, performance

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 5 Network Management System

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

Page 67: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

management, configuration management, communication management, and securitymanagement.

NE Managementl Search of NEsl Addition/Deletion of NEsl Login or logout of NEsl NE time management

Alarm Managementl Setting of alarm monitoring strategiesl Viewing of alarmsl Deletion of alarms

Performance Managementl Setting of performance monitoring strategiesl Viewing of performance eventsl Resetting of performance registers

Configuration Managementl Basic NE information configurationl Radio link configurationl Protection configurationl Interface configurationl Service configurationl Clock configuration

Communication Managementl Communication parameter managementl DCC managementl HWECC protocol managementl IP protocol managementl OSI protocol managementl Inband DCN management

Security Managementl NE user managementl NE user group managementl LCT access controll Online user managementl NE security parameters

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 5 Network Management System

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

Page 68: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l NE security logl NMS user managementl NMS log management

HOP Managementl Parameters on both ends of a hop can be set on the same interface.l After the parameters on one end of a hop are set, the parameters on the other end are assigned

values accordingly.

5.3 U2000The U2000 is a network-level network management system. A user can access the U2000 serverthrough a U2000 client to manage Huawei transport subnets in a unified manner. The U2000can provide NE-level and network-level management functions.

NE Level Managementl NE object managementl NE-level alarm managementl NE-level performance managementl NE-level configuration managementl NE-level communication managementl NE-level security management

Network Level Managementl Topology managementl Network-level alarm managementl Network-level performance managementl Network-level configuration managementl Network level communication managementl Network-level security management

NOTE

Network-level security management functions include:

l Management of authorities and logs

l SSLv3 encrypted communication between U2000 server and U2000 clients, and between U2000server and gateway NEs

l RADIUS security authentication

l Network-wide clock management

Other Functionsl Inventory managementl Log managementl Database management

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 5 Network Management System

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

Page 69: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

l NE software managementl Report functionl Northbound SNMP, CORBA and XML interface

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 5 Network Management System

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

Page 70: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6 Technical Specifications

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the technical specifications of the OptiX RTN 950.

6.1 RF PerformanceThis chapter describes the radio frequency (RF) performance and various technicalspecifications related to microwaves.

6.2 Predicted Equipment ReliabilityPredicted equipment reliability includes predicted component reliability and predicted linkreliability. Equipment reliability is measured by mean time between failures (MTBF), andpredicated equipment reliability complies with the Bellcore TR-332 standard.

6.3 Interface PerformanceThis section describes the technical specifications of services and auxiliary interfaces.

6.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization PerformanceThe clock timing performance and synchronization performance of the product meet relevantITU-T recommendations.

6.5 Integrated System PerformanceIntegrated system performance includes the dimensions, weight, power consumption, powersupply, EMC, surge protection, safety, and environment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

Page 71: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.1 RF PerformanceThis chapter describes the radio frequency (RF) performance and various technicalspecifications related to microwaves.

6.1.1 Microwave Work ModesThis section lists the microwave work modes that the OptiX RTN 950 supports base on IF boards.

6.1.1.1 Microwave Work Modes (IF1 board)

The IF1 board supports SDH/PDH microwave work modes.

NOTE

The channel spacings supported by the OptiX RTN 950 comply with ETSI standards. Channel spacings3.5/7/14/28/40/56 MHz apply to most frequency bands; but channel spacings 3.5/7/13.75/27.5/40/55 MHz applyto the 18 GHz frequency band.

Table 6-1 SDH/PDH microwave work modes (IF1 board)

Service Capacity Modulation Scheme Channel Spacing (MHz)

4xE1 QPSK 7

4xE1 16QAM 3.5

8xE1 QPSK 14 (13.75)

8xE1 16QAM 7

16xE1 QPSK 28 (27.5)

16xE1 16QAM 14 (13.75)

22xE1 32QAM 14 (13.75)

26xE1 64QAM 14 (13.75)

35xE1 16QAM 28 (27.5)

44xE1 32QAM 28 (27.5)

53xE1 64QAM 28 (27.5)

STM-1 128QAM 28 (27.5)

6.1.1.2 Microwave Work Modes (IFU2 board)

The IFU2 board supports Integrated IP microwave work modes.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

Page 72: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

The channel spacings supported by the OptiX RTN 950 comply with ETSI standards. Channel spacings3.5/7/14/28/40/56 MHz apply to most frequency bands; but channel spacings 3.5/7/13.75/27.5/40/55 MHz applyto the 18 GHz frequency band.

Table 6-2 Integrated IP microwave work modes (IFU2 board)

Channel Spacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber of E1s inHybridMicrowave

Native EthernetThroughput(Mbit/s)

7 QPSK 5 9 to 12

7 16QAM 10 20 to 24

7 32QAM 12 24 to 29

7 64QAM 15 31 to 37

7 128QAM 18 37 to 44

7 256QAM 21 43 to 51

14 (13.75) QPSK 10 20 to 23

14 (13.75) 16QAM 20 41 to 48

14 (13.75) 32QAM 24 50 to 59

14 (13.75) 64QAM 31 65 to 76

14 (13.75) 128QAM 37 77 to 90

14 (13.75) 256QAM 43 90 to 104

28 (27.5) QPSK 20 41 to 48

28 (27.5) 16QAM 40 82 to 97

28 (27.5) 32QAM 52 108 to 125

28 (27.5) 64QAM 64 130 to 150

28 (27.5) 128QAM 75 160 to 180

28 (27.5) 256QAM 75 180 to 210

56 (55) QPSK 40 82 to 97

56 (55) 16QAM 75 165 to 190

56 (55) 32QAM 75 208 to 240

56 (55) 64QAM 75 260 to 310

56 (55) 128QAM 75 310 to 360

56 (55) 256QAM 75 360 to 420

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

Page 73: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

For the integrated IP microwave work mode that the IFU2/IFX2 board supports:

l The throughput specifications listed in the tables are based on untagged Ethernet frames with a lengthranging from 64 bytes to 1518 bytes

l E1 services need to occupy the corresponding bandwidth of the air interface capacity. The bandwidthremaining after the E1 service capacity is subtracted from the air interface capacity can be providedfor Ethernet services.

6.1.1.3 Microwave Work Modes (IFX2 board)

The IFX2 board supports Integrated IP microwave work modes.

NOTE

The channel spacings supported by the OptiX RTN 950 comply with ETSI standards. Channel spacings3.5/7/14/28/40/56 MHz apply to most frequency bands; but channel spacings 3.5/7/13.75/27.5/40/55 MHz applyto the 18 GHz frequency band.

Table 6-3 Integrated IP microwave work modes (IFX2 board)

Channel Spacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber of E1s inHybridMicrowave

Native EthernetThroughput(Mbit/s)

7 QPSK 4 9 to 11

7 16QAM 9 19 to 23

7 32QAM 11 24 to 29

7 64QAMa 14 31 to 36

14 (13.75) QPSK 9 20 to 23

14 (13.75) 16QAM 19 40 to 47

14 (13.75) 32QAM 24 50 to 59

14 (13.75) 64QAM 30 63 to 73

14 (13.75) 128QAMa 36 75 to 88

28 (27.5) QPSK 19 41 to 48

28 (27.5) 16QAM 40 84 to 97

28 (27.5) 32QAM 49 103 to 120

28 (27.5) 64QAM 63 130 to 150

28 (27.5) 128QAM 75 160 to 180

28 (27.5) 256QAM 75 180 to 210

56 (55) QPSK 39 83 to 97

56 (55) 16QAM 75 165 to 190

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

Page 74: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Channel Spacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber of E1s inHybridMicrowave

Native EthernetThroughput(Mbit/s)

56 (55) 32QAM 75 210 to 245

56 (55) 64QAM 75 260 to 305

56 (55) 128QAM 75 310 to 360

56 (55) 256QAM 75 360 to 410

NOTEFor the IFX2 board, the microwave work modes are the same regardless of whether the XPIC function isenabled or disabled.

a: When the XPIC function is enabled for the IFX2 board, the 64QAM/7MHz and 128QAM/14MHzmodulation schemes do not apply to ODUs whose frequency band ranges from 26 GHz to 38 GHz.

NOTE

For the integrated IP microwave work mode that the IFU2/IFX2 board supports:

l The throughput specifications listed in the tables are based on untagged Ethernet frames with a lengthranging from 64 bytes to 1518 bytes

l E1 services need to occupy the corresponding bandwidth of the air interface capacity. The bandwidthremaining after the E1 service capacity is subtracted from the air interface capacity can be providedfor Ethernet services.

6.1.1.4 Microwave Work Modes (ISU2 board)The ISU2 board supports SDH microwave work modes and Integrated IP microwave workmodes.

NOTE

The channel spacings supported by the OptiX RTN 950 comply with ETSI standards. Channel spacings3.5/7/14/28/40/56 MHz apply to most frequency bands; but channel spacings 3.5/7/13.75/27.5/40/55 MHz applyto the 18 GHz frequency band.

SDH Microwave Work Modes

Table 6-4 SDH microwave work modes (ISU2 board)

Service Capacity Modulation Scheme Channel Spacing (MHz)

STM-1 128QAM 28 (27.5)

2xSTM-1 128QAM 56 (55)

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

Page 75: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Integrated IP Microwave Work Modes

Table 6-5 Integrated IP microwave work modes (ISU2 board, Native E1 + Ethernet service)

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

3.5 QPSK 2 4 to 5 4 to 6 4 to 6 4 to 10

3.5 16QAM 4 9 to 11 9 to 13 9 to 13 9 to 20

7 QPSK 5 10 to 13 10 to 15 10 to 22 10 to 33

7 16QAM 10 20 to 26 20 to 30 20 to 44 20 to 66

7 32QAM 12 25 to 32 25 to 36 25 to 54 25 to 80

7 64QAM 15 31 to 40 31 to 47 31 to 67 31 to 100

7 128QAM 18 37 to 47 37 to 56 37 to 80 37 to 119

7 256QAM 20 41 to 53 41 to 62 41 to 90 42 to 134

14 (13.75) QPSK 10 20 to 26 20 to 31 20 to 44 20 to 66

14 (13.75) 16QAM 20 41 to 52 41 to 61 41 to 89 41 to 132

14 (13.75) 32QAM 24 51 to 65 51 to 77 51 to 110 51 to 164

14 (13.75) 64QAM 31 65 to 83 65 to 96 65 to 140 65 to 209

14 (13.75) 128QAM 37 76 to 97 76 to 113 76 to 165 76 to 245

14 (13.75) 256QAM 42 87 to 111 87 to 131 87 to 189 88 to 281

28 (27.5) QPSK 20 41 to 52 41 to 62 41 to 89 41 to 132

28 (27.5) 16QAM 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

28 (27.5) 32QAM 52 107 to 136 107 to 161 107 to 230 107 to 343

28 (27.5) 64QAM 64 131 to 168 131 to 198 131 to 283 132 to 424

28 (27.5) 128QAM 75 155 to 198 155 to 233 155 to 333 156 to 495

28 (27.5) 256QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 577

40 QPSK 27 56 to 72 56 to 84 56 to 122 57 to 182

40 16QAM 55 114 to 145 114 to 172 114 to 247 114 to 366

40 32QAM 71 147 to 187 147 to 221 147 to 318 148 to 474

40 64QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 583

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

Page 76: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

40 128QAM 75 215 to 272 215 to 323 215 to 456 216 to 691

40 256QAM 75 249 to 318 249 to 375 249 to 538 251 to 800

56 (55) QPSK 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

56 (55) 16QAM 75 166 to 212 166 to 250 165 to 356 167 to 533

56 (55) 32QAM 75 206 to 262 206 to 308 206 to 437 207 to 659

56 (55) 64QAM 75 262 to 333 262 to 388 262 to 567 264 to 836

56 (55) 128QAM 75 309 to 396 309 to 466 309 to 656 311 to 983

56 (55) 256QAM 75 360 to 456 360 to 538 360 to 777 362 to 1000

Table 6-6 Integrated IP microwave work modes (ISU2 board, Native STM-1 + Ethernet service)

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

Number ofSTM-1Services inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

28 (27.5) 128QAM 1 155 to 198 155 to 233 155 to 333 156 to 495

28 (27.5) 256QAM 1 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 577

40 64QAM 1 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 583

40 128QAM 1 215 to 272 215 to 323 215 to 456 216 to 691

40 256QAM 1 249 to 318 249 to 375 249 to 538 251 to 800

56 (55) 16QAM 1 166 to 212 166 to 250 165 to 356 167 to 533

56 (55) 32QAM 1 206 to 262 206 to 308 206 to 437 207 to 659

56 (55) 64QAM 1 262 to 333 262 to 388 262 to 567 264 to 836

56 (55) 128QAM 1 309 to 396 309 to 466 309 to 656 311 to 983

56 (55) 256QAM 1 360 to 456 360 to 538 360 to 777 362 to 1000

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

Page 77: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

NOTE

For the integrated IP microwave work mode that the ISU2/ISX2 board supports:

l The throughput specifications listed in the tables are based on the following conditions.

l Without compression: untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 64 bytes to 9600 bytes

l With L2 frame header compression: untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 64 bytes to9600 bytes

l With L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4): untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from64 bytes to 9600 bytes

l With L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6): S-tagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 92bytes to 9600 bytes

l E1/STM-1 services need to occupy the corresponding bandwidth of the air interface capacity. The bandwidthremaining after the E1/STM-1 service capacity is subtracted from the air interface capacity can be providedfor Ethernet services.

6.1.1.5 Microwave Work Modes (ISX2 board)The ISX2 board supports SDH microwave work modes and Integrated IP microwave workmodes.

NOTE

The channel spacings supported by the OptiX RTN 950 comply with ETSI standards. Channel spacings3.5/7/14/28/40/56 MHz apply to most frequency bands; but channel spacings 3.5/7/13.75/27.5/40/55 MHz applyto the 18 GHz frequency band.

SDH Microwave Work Modes

Table 6-7 SDH microwave work modes (ISX2 board)

Service Capacity Modulation Scheme Channel Spacing (MHz)

STM-1 128QAM 28 (27.5)

2xSTM-1 128QAM 56 (55)

NOTEFor the ISX2 board in SDH service mode, the microwave work modes are the same regardless of whetherthe XPIC function is enabled or disabled.

Integrated IP Microwave Work Modes

Table 6-8 Integrated IP microwave work modes (ISX2 board, Native E1 + Ethernet service, XPIC disabled)

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

7 QPSK 5 10 to 13 10 to 15 10 to 22 10 to 33

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

Page 78: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

7 16QAM 10 20 to 26 20 to 30 20 to 44 20 to 66

7 32QAM 12 25 to 32 25 to 36 25 to 54 25 to 80

7 64QAM 15 31 to 40 31 to 47 31 to 67 31 to 100

7 128QAM 18 37 to 47 37 to 56 37 to 80 37 to 119

7 256QAM 20 41 to 53 41 to 62 41 to 90 42 to 134

14 (13.75) QPSK 10 20 to 26 20 to 31 20 to 44 20 to 66

14 (13.75) 16QAM 20 41 to 52 41 to 61 41 to 89 41 to 132

14 (13.75) 32QAM 24 51 to 65 51 to 77 51 to 110 51 to 164

14 (13.75) 64QAM 31 65 to 83 65 to 96 65 to 140 65 to 209

14 (13.75) 128QAM 37 76 to 97 76 to 113 76 to 165 76 to 245

14 (13.75) 256QAM 42 87 to 111 87 to 131 87 to 189 88 to 281

28 (27.5) QPSK 20 41 to 52 41 to 62 41 to 89 41 to 132

28 (27.5) 16QAM 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

28 (27.5) 32QAM 52 107 to 136 107 to 161 107 to 230 107 to 343

28 (27.5) 64QAM 64 131 to 168 131 to 198 131 to 283 132 to 424

28 (27.5) 128QAM 75 155 to 198 155 to 233 155 to 333 156 to 495

28 (27.5) 256QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 577

40 QPSK 27 56 to 72 56 to 84 56 to 122 57 to 182

40 16QAM 55 114 to 145 114 to 172 114 to 247 114 to 366

40 32QAM 71 147 to 187 147 to 221 147 to 318 148 to 474

40 64QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 583

40 128QAM 75 215 to 272 215 to 323 215 to 456 216 to 691

40 256QAM 75 249 to 318 249 to 375 249 to 538 251 to 800

56 (55) QPSK 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

56 (55) 16QAM 75 166 to 212 166 to 250 165 to 356 167 to 533

56 (55) 32QAM 75 206 to 262 206 to 308 206 to 437 207 to 659

56 (55) 64QAM 75 262 to 333 262 to 388 262 to 567 264 to 836

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

Page 79: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

56 (55) 128QAM 75 309 to 396 309 to 466 309 to 656 311 to 983

56 (55) 256QAM 75 360 to 456 360 to 538 360 to 777 362 to 1000

Table 6-9 Integrated IP microwave work modes (ISX2 board, Native E1 + Ethernet service, XPIC enabled)

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

7 QPSK 4 10 to 13 10 to 15 10 to 22 10 to 33

7 16QAM 9 20 to 26 20 to 30 20 to 44 20 to 66

7 32QAM 11 25 to 32 25 to 36 25 to 54 25 to 80

7 64QAMa 14 31 to 40 31 to 47 31 to 67 31 to 100

14 (13.75) QPSK 9 20 to 26 20 to 31 20 to 44 20 to 66

14 (13.75) 16QAM 19 41 to 52 41 to 61 41 to 89 41 to 132

14 (13.75) 32QAM 24 51 to 65 51 to 77 51 to 110 51 to 164

14 (13.75) 64QAM 30 65 to 83 65 to 96 65 to 140 65 to 209

14 (13.75) 128QAMa 36 76 to 97 76 to 113 76 to 165 76 to 245

28 (27.5) QPSK 20 41 to 52 41 to 62 41 to 89 41 to 132

28 (27.5) 16QAM 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

28 (27.5) 32QAM 52 107 to 136 107 to 161 107 to 230 107 to 343

28 (27.5) 64QAM 64 131 to 168 131 to 198 131 to 283 132 to 424

28 (27.5) 128QAM 75 155 to 198 155 to 233 155 to 333 156 to 495

28 (27.5) 256QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 577

40 QPSK 27 56 to 72 56 to 84 56 to 122 57 to 182

40 16QAM 55 114 to 145 114 to 172 114 to 247 114 to 366

40 32QAM 71 147 to 187 147 to 221 147 to 318 148 to 474

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

Page 80: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

MaximumNumber ofE1s inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

40 64QAM 75 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 583

40 128QAM 75 215 to 272 215 to 323 215 to 456 216 to 691

40 256QAM 75 249 to 318 249 to 375 249 to 538 251 to 800

56 (55) QPSK 40 82 to 105 82 to 124 82 to 178 83 to 265

56 (55) 16QAM 75 166 to 212 166 to 250 165 to 356 167 to 533

56 (55) 32QAM 75 206 to 262 206 to 308 206 to 437 207 to 659

56 (55) 64QAM 75 262 to 333 262 to 388 262 to 567 264 to 836

56 (55) 128QAM 75 309 to 396 309 to 466 309 to 656 311 to 983

56 (55) 256QAM 75 360 to 456 360 to 538 360 to 777 362 to 1000

NOTEa: In 7MHz/64QAM or 14MHz/128QAM mode, ISX2 boards do not support cooperation with 26 GHz to 38 GHz ODUs if XPICis enabled on the ISX2 boards.

Table 6-10 Integrated IP microwave work modes (ISX2 board, Native STM-1 + Ethernet service)

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

Number ofSTM-1Services inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

28 (27.5) 128QAM 1 155 to 198 155 to 233 155 to 333 156 to 495

28 (27.5) 256QAM 1 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 577

40 64QAM 1 181 to 230 181 to 272 181 to 388 182 to 583

40 128QAM 1 215 to 272 215 to 323 215 to 456 216 to 691

40 256QAM 1 249 to 318 249 to 375 249 to 538 251 to 800

56 (55) 16QAM 1 166 to 212 166 to 250 165 to 356 167 to 533

56 (55) 32QAM 1 206 to 262 206 to 308 206 to 437 207 to 659

56 (55) 64QAM 1 262 to 333 262 to 388 262 to 567 264 to 836

56 (55) 128QAM 1 309 to 396 309 to 466 309 to 656 311 to 983

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

Page 81: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

ChannelSpacing(MHz)

ModulationScheme

Number ofSTM-1Services inHybridMicrowave

Native Ethernet Throughput (Mbit/s)

WithoutCompression

With L2FrameHeaderCompression

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv4)

With L2+L3FrameHeaderCompression (IPv6)

56 (55) 256QAM 1 360 to 456 360 to 538 360 to 777 362 to 1000

NOTEFor the ISX2 board in STM-1 + Ethernet service mode, the microwave work modes are the same regardless of whether the XPICfunction is enabled or disabled.

NOTE

For the integrated IP microwave work mode that the ISU2/ISX2 board supports:

l The throughput specifications listed in the tables are based on the following conditions.

l Without compression: untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 64 bytes to 9600 bytes

l With L2 frame header compression: untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 64 bytes to9600 bytes

l With L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv4): untagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from64 bytes to 9600 bytes

l With L2+L3 frame header compression (IPv6): S-tagged Ethernet frames with a length ranging from 92bytes to 9600 bytes

l E1/STM-1 services need to occupy the corresponding bandwidth of the air interface capacity. The bandwidthremaining after the E1/STM-1 service capacity is subtracted from the air interface capacity can be providedfor Ethernet services.

6.1.2 Frequency BandThe ODUs of different series and different types support a variety of operating frequency bands.

Frequency Bands (Standard Power ODU)

Table 6-11 Frequency Band (SP ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.496 119, 126, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.353 315, 322, 420, 490, 644, 728

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1008, 1010, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1200, 1232

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

Page 82: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

26 GHz 24.549-26.453 1008

38 GHz 37.044-40,105 700, 1260

Table 6-12 Frequency band (SPA ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

6 GHz 5.915-6.425 (L6)6.425-7.125 (U6)

252.04 (L6)340 (U6)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.496 119, 126, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.403-15.348 420, 490

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1008, 1010

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1232

Frequency Bands (High Power ODU)

Table 6-13 Frequency band (HP ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

6 GHz 5.925-6.425 (L6)6.430-7.120 (U6)

252.04 (L6)340 (U6)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.497 119, 126, 151.614, 208, 266, 311.32

10 GHz 10.150-10.650 350

10.5 GHz 10.500-10.678 91

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.353 315, 322, 420, 490, 644, 728

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

Page 83: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1008, 1010, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1200, 1232

26 GHz 24.549-26.453 1008

28 GHz 27.520-29.481 1008

32 GHz 31.815-33.383 812

38 GHz 37.044-40.105 700, 1260

Table 6-14 Frequency Band (HPA ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.496 119, 126, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.353 420, 490, 644, 728

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1008, 1010, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1200, 1232

Table 6-15 Frequency band (XMC-2 ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.497 119/126, 151.614, 208, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 500/490, 530/520

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.358 315/322, 420, 490, 644, 728

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1010/1008, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1200, 1232

26 GHz 24.250-26.453 1008

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

Page 84: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

38 GHz 37.044-40.105 1260

Frequency Bands (Low Capacity for PDH ODU)

Table 6-16 Frequency band (LP ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.718-8.496 119, 126, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 490, 500, 530

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.403-15.348 420, 490

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1008, 1010

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1232

Table 6-17 Frequency band (XMC-1 ODU)

FrequencyBand

Frequency Range (GHz) T/R Spacing (MHz)

7 GHz 7.093-7.897 154, 161, 168, 196, 245

8 GHz 7.731-8.497 119/126, 151.614, 208, 266, 311.32

11 GHz 10.675-11.745 500/490, 530/520

13 GHz 12.751-13.248 266

15 GHz 14.400-15.358 315/322, 420, 490, 644, 728

18 GHz 17.685-19.710 1010/1008, 1560

23 GHz 21.200-23.618 1008, 1200, 1232

6.1.3 Receiver SensitivityThe receiver sensitivity reflects the anti-fading capability of the microwave equipment.

NOTE

For a guaranteed value, remove 3 dB from the typical value.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

Page 85: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.1.3.1 Receiver Sensitivity (IF1 Board)

The IF1 board supports SDH/PDH microwave work modes.

NOTE

For an XMC-1 ODU or XMC-2 ODU at the 18 GHz frequency band, remove 2 dB from the sensitivityvalues specified in the table.

Table 6-18 Typical receiver sensitivity of the SDH/PDH microwave (i, IF1 board)

Item Performance

4xE1 8xE1 16xE1

QPSK 16QAM QPSK 16QAM QPSK 16QAM

RSL@ BER = 10-6 (unit: dBm)

@6 GHz -91.5 -87.5 -88.5 -84.5 -85.5 -81.5

@7 GHz -91.5 -87.5 -88.5 -84.5 -85.5 -81.5

@8 GHz -91.5 -87.5 -88.5 -84.5 -85.5 -81.5

@11 GHz -91.0 -87.0 -88.0 -84.0 -85.0 -81.0

@13 GHz -91.0 -87.0 -88.0 -84.0 -85.0 -81.0

@15 GHz -91.0 -87.0 -88.0 -84.0 -85.0 -81.0

@18 GHz -91.0 -87.0 -88.0 -84.0 -85.0 -81.0

@23 GHz -90.5 -86.5 -87.5 -83.5 -84.5 -80.5

@26 GHz -90.0 -86.0 -87.0 -83.0 -84.0 -80.0

@32 GHz -89.0 -85.0 -86.0 -82.0 -83.0 -79.0

@38 GHz -88.5 -84.5 -85.5 -81.5 -82.5 -78.5

Table 6-19 Typical receiver sensitivity of the SDH/PDH microwave (ii, IF1 board)

Item Performance

22xE1 26xE1 35xE1 44xE1 53xE1 STM-1

32QAM 64QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM

RSL@ BER = 10-6 (unit: dBm)

@6 GHz -80.5 -76.5 -79.0 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5

@7 GHz -80.5 -76.5 -79.0 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5

@8 GHz -80.5 -76.5 -79.0 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5

@11 GHz -80.0 -76.0 -78.5 -77.0 -73.0 -70.0

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

Page 86: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

22xE1 26xE1 35xE1 44xE1 53xE1 STM-1

32QAM 64QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM

@13 GHz -80.0 -76.0 -78.5 -77.0 -73.0 -70.0

@15 GHz -80.0 -76.0 -78.5 -77.0 -73.0 -70.0

@18 GHza -80.0 -76.0 -78.5 -77.0 -73.0 -70.0

@23 GHz -79.5 -75.5 -78.0 -76.5 -72.5 -69.5

@26 GHz -79.0 -75.0 -77.5 -76.0 -72.0 -69.0

@32 GHz -78.0 -74.0 -76.5 -75.0 -71.0 -68.0

@38 GHz -77.5 -73.5 -76.0 -74.5 -70.5 -67.5

6.1.3.2 Receiver Sensitivity (IFU2 board)

The IFU2 board supports Integrated IP microwave work modes.

NOTE

l For an XMC-2 ODU at the 18 GHz frequency band, remove 2 dB from the sensitivity values specifiedin the table.

l The 10.5 GHz HP ODU with the T/R spacing of 91 MHz does not support the channel spacing of 56MHz. The receiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

Table 6-20 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (i, IFU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-66 (dBm)

@6 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@7 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@8 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@10 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 -76 -73

@10.5GHz

-90 -84 -80 -77 -74 -71

@11 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 -76 -73

@13 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 -76 -73

@15 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 -76 -73

@18 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 -76 -73

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

Page 87: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@23 GHz -91.5 -85.5 -81.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@26 GHz -91 -85 -81 -78 -75 -72

@28 GHz -90.5 -84.5 -80.5 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@32 GHz -90 -84 -80 -77 -74 -71

@38 GHz -89.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

Table 6-21 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (ii, IFU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@7 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@8 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@10 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 -70

@10.5GHz

-88 -81 -77 -74 -71 -68

@11 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 -70

@13 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 -70

@15 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 -70

@18 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 -70

@23 GHz -89.5 -82.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5

@26 GHz -89 -82 -78 -75 -72 -69

@28 GHz -88.5 -81.5 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@32 GHz -88 -81 -77 -74 -71 -68

@38 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

Page 88: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-22 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iii, IFU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@7 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@10 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@10.5GHz

-85 -78 -74 -71 -68 -65

@11 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@13 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@15 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@18 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@23 GHz -86.5 -79.5 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@26 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72 -69 -66

@28 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@32 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71 -68 -65

@38 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

Table 6-23 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iv, IFU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@7 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@8 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@10 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@10.5GHz

NA NA NA NA NA NA

@11 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

Page 89: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@13 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@15 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@18 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@23 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

@26 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69 -66 -63

@28 GHz -82.5 -75.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@32 GHz -82 -75 -71 -68 -65 -62

@38 GHz -81.5 -74.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5

6.1.3.3 Receiver Sensitivity (IFX2 board)

The IFX2 board supports Integrated IP microwave work modes.

NOTE

l For an XMC-2 ODU at the 18 GHz frequency band, remove 2 dB from the sensitivity values specifiedin the table.

l The IFX2 board does not support the 7MHz/128QAM, 7MHz/256QAM, and 14MHz/256QAMworking modes at frequency bands from 6 GHz to 23 GHz. The receiver sensitivity is not available(NA).

l The IFX2 board does not support the 7MHz/64QAM, 7MHz/128QAM, 7MHz/256QAM, 14MHz/128QAM, and 14MHz/256QAM working modes at frequency bands from 26 GHz to 38 GHz. Thereceiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

Table 6-24 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (i, IFX2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-66 (dBm)

@6 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@7 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@8 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@11 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 NA NA

@13 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 NA NA

@15 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 NA NA

@18 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79 NA NA

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

Page 90: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@23 GHz -91.5 -85.5 -81.5 -78.5 NA NA

@26 GHz -91 -85 -81 NA NA NA

@28 GHz -90.5 -84.5 -80.5 NA NA NA

@32 GHz -90 -84 -80 NA NA NA

@38 GHz -89.5 -83.5 -79.5 NA NA NA

Table 6-25 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (ii, IFX2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@7 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@8 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@11 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@13 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@15 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@18 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@23 GHz -89.5 -82.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5 NA

@26 GHz -89 -82 -78 -75 NA NA

@28 GHz -88.5 -81.5 -77.5 -74.5 NA NA

@32 GHz -88 -81 -77 -74 NA NA

@38 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA NA

Table 6-26 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iii, IFX2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

Page 91: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@7 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@8 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@11 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@13 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@15 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@18 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73 -70 -67

@23 GHz -86.5 -79.5 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@26 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72 -69 -66

@28 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@32 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71 -68 -65

@38 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

Table 6-27 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iv, IFX2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@7 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@8 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@11 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@13 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@15 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@18 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70 -67 -64

@23 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

@26 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69 -66 -63

@28 GHz -82.5 -75.5 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@32 GHz -82 -75 -71 -68 -65 -62

@38 GHz -81.5 -74.5 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5 -61.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

Page 92: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.1.3.4 Receiver Sensitivity (ISU2 board)The ISU2 board supports SDH microwave work modes and Integrated IP microwave workmodes.

NOTE

l For an XMC-2 ODU at the 18 GHz frequency band, remove 2 dB from the values specified in the tableto obtain the values of receiver sensitivity.

l The 10.5 GHz HP ODU with the T/R spacing of 91 MHz does not support the channel spacing of 56MHz. The receiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

SDH Microwave (ISU2 Board)

Table 6-28 Typical receiver sensitivity of the SDH microwave (ISU2 board)

Item Performance

1xSTM-1 2xSTM-1

128QAM/28 MHz 128QAM/56 MHz

RSL@ BER = 10-6 (unit: dBm)

@6 GHz -71 -68

@7 GHz -71 -68

@8 GHz -71 -68

@10 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@10.5 GHz -68.5 NA

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -70 -67

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -69 -66

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5

@38 GHz -68 -65

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

Page 93: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Integrated IP Microwave (ISU2 Board)

Table 6-29 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (i, ISU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-66 (dBm)

@6 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

@7 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

@8 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

@10 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@10.5GHz

-90 -84 -80 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@11 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@13 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@15 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@18 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@23 GHz -91.5 -85.5 -81.5 -79 -76 -73

@26 GHz -91 -85 -81 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@28 GHz -90.5 -84.5 -80.5 -78 -75 -72

@32 GHz -90 -84 -80 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@38 GHz -89.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

Table 6-30 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (ii, ISU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@7 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@8 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@10 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@10.5GHz

-88 -81 -77 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

Page 94: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@11 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@13 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@15 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@18 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@23 GHz -89.5 -82.5 -78.5 -76 -73 -70

@26 GHz -89 -82 -78 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5

@28 GHz -88.5 -81.5 -77.5 -75 -72 -69

@32 GHz -88 -81 -77 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@38 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

Table 6-31 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iii, ISU2)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@7 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@8 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@10 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@10.5GHz

-85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@11 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -79.5 -75.5 -73 -70 -67

@26 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@32 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@38 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

Page 95: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-32 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iv, ISU2)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@7 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@8 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@10 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@10.5GHz

NA NA NA NA NA NA

@11 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@13 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@15 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@18 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@23 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@26 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

@28 GHz -82.5 -75.5 -71.5 -69 -66 -63

@32 GHz -82 -75 -71 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@38 GHz -81.5 -74.5 -70.5 -68 -65 -62

Table 6-33 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (v, ISU2)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@7 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@8 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@10 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@10.5GHz

NA NA NA NA NA NA

@11 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

Page 96: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@13 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@15 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@18 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@23 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@26 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@28 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@32 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@38 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

Table 6-34 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (vi, ISU2 board)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 3.5 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -95.5 -89.5

@7 GHz -95.5 -89.5

@8 GHz -95.5 -89.5

@10 GHz -95 -89

@10.5 GHz -93 -87

@11 GHz -95 -89

@13 GHz -95 -89

@15 GHz -95 -89

@18 GHz -95 -89

@23 GHz -94.5 -88.5

@26 GHz -94 -88

@28 GHz -93.5 -87.5

@32 GHz -91.5 -86

@38 GHz -91 -85.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

Page 97: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.1.3.5 Receiver Sensitivity (ISX2 board)

The ISX2 board supports SDH microwave work modes and Integrated IP microwave workmodes.

NOTE

l For an XMC-2 ODU at the 18 GHz frequency band, remove 2 dB from the sensitivity values specifiedin the table.

l The 10.5 GHz HP ODU with the T/R spacing of 91 MHz does not support the channel spacing of 56MHz. The receiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

l When the XPIC function is enabled, the ISX2 board does not support the 7MHz/128QAM, 7MHz/256QAM, and 14MHz/256QAM working modes at frequency bands from 6 GHz to 23 GHz. Thereceiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

l When the XPIC function is enabled, the ISX2 board does not support the 7MHz/64QAM, 7MHz/128QAM, 7MHz/256QAM, 14MHz/128QAM, and 14MHz/256QAM working modes at frequencybands from 26 GHz to 38 GHz. The receiver sensitivity is not available (NA).

l For an XMC-2 ODU at the 38 GHz frequency band, when the XPIC function is enabled, remove 2 dBfrom the sensitivity value specified in the table when the ISX2 board is at 28MHz/256QAM workingmode.

SDH Microwave (ISX2 Board)

Table 6-35 Typical receiver sensitivity of the SDH microwave (ISX2 board, XPIC disabled)

Item Performance

1xSTM-1 2xSTM-1

128QAM/28 MHz 128QAM/56 MHz

RSL@ BER = 10-6 (unit: dBm)

@6 GHz -71 -68

@7 GHz -71 -68

@8 GHz -71 -68

@10 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@10.5 GHz -68.5 NA

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -70 -67

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -69 -66

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

Page 98: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

1xSTM-1 2xSTM-1

128QAM/28 MHz 128QAM/56 MHz

@38 GHz -68 -65

Table 6-36 Typical receiver sensitivity of the SDH microwave (ISX2 board, XPIC enabled)

Item Performance

1xSTM-1 2xSTM-1

128QAM/28 MHz 128QAM/56 MHz

RSL@ BER = 10-6 (unit: dBm)

@6 GHz -71 -68

@7 GHz -71 -68

@8 GHz -71 -68

@11 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -70 -67

@26 GHz -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -69 -66

@32 GHz -68.5 -65.5

@38 GHz -68 -65

Integrated IP Microwave (ISX2 Board)

Table 6-37 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (i, ISX2 board, XPICdisabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-66 (dBm)

@6 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

Page 99: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@7 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

@8 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -80 -77 -74

@10 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@10.5GHz

-90 -84 -80 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@11 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@13 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@15 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@18 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5

@23 GHz -91.5 -85.5 -81.5 -79 -76 -73

@26 GHz -91 -85 -81 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5

@28 GHz -90.5 -84.5 -80.5 -78 -75 -72

@32 GHz -90 -84 -80 -77.5 -74.5 -71.5

@38 GHz -89.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

Table 6-38 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (ii, ISX2 board, XPICdisabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@7 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@8 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -77 -74 -71

@10 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@10.5GHz

-88 -81 -77 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@11 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@13 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@15 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

@18 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76.5 -73.5 -70.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

Page 100: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@23 GHz -89.5 -82.5 -78.5 -76 -73 -70

@26 GHz -89 -82 -78 -75.5 -72.5 -69.5

@28 GHz -88.5 -81.5 -77.5 -75 -72 -69

@32 GHz -88 -81 -77 -74.5 -71.5 -68.5

@38 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

Table 6-39 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iii, ISX2 board, XPICdisabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@7 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@8 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@10 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@10.5GHz

-85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@11 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -79.5 -75.5 -73 -70 -67

@26 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@32 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@38 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

Page 101: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-40 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iv, ISX2 board, XPICdisabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@7 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@8 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@10 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@10.5GHz

NA NA NA NA NA NA

@11 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@13 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@15 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@18 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@23 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@26 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

@28 GHz -82.5 -75.5 -71.5 -69 -66 -63

@32 GHz -82 -75 -71 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@38 GHz -81.5 -74.5 -70.5 -68 -65 -62

Table 6-41 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (v, ISX2 board, XPICdisabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@7 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@8 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@10 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@10.5GHz

NA NA NA NA NA NA

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

Page 102: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@11 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@13 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@15 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@18 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@23 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@26 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@28 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@32 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@38 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

Table 6-42 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (i, ISX2 board, XPICenabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 7 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-66 (dBm)

@6 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@7 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@8 GHz -92.5 -86.5 -82.5 -79.5 NA NA

@11 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.0 NA NA

@13 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.0 NA NA

@15 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.0 NA NA

@18 GHz -92 -86 -82 -79.0 NA NA

@23 GHz -91.5 -85.5 -81.5 -78.5 NA NA

@26 GHz -91 -85 -81 NA NA NA

@28 GHz -90.5 -84.5 -80.5 NA NA NA

@32 GHz -90 -84 -80 NA NA NA

@38 GHz -89.5 -83.5 -79.5 NA NA NA

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

Page 103: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-43 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (ii, ISX2 board, XPICenabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 14 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@7 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@8 GHz -90.5 -83.5 -79.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA

@11 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@13 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@15 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@18 GHz -90 -83 -79 -76 -73 NA

@23 GHz -89.5 -82.5 -78.5 -75.5 -72.5 NA

@26 GHz -89 -82 -78 -75 NA NA

@28 GHz -88.5 -81.5 -77.5 -74.5 NA NA

@32 GHz -88 -81 -77 -74 NA NA

@38 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -73.5 NA NA

Table 6-44 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iii, ISX2 board, XPICenabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@7 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@8 GHz -87.5 -80.5 -76.5 -74 -71 -68

@11 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@13 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@15 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@18 GHz -87 -80 -76 -73.5 -70.5 -67.5

@23 GHz -86.5 -79.5 -75.5 -73 -70 -67

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

Page 104: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 28 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@26 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@28 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@32 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@38 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

Table 6-45 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (iv, ISX2 board, XPICenabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 56 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@7 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@8 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@11 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@13 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@15 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@18 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@23 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@26 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

@28 GHz -82.5 -75.5 -71.5 -69 -66 -63

@32 GHz -82 -75 -71 -68.5 -65.5 -62.5

@38 GHz -81.5 -74.5 -70.5 -68 -65 -62

Table 6-46 Typical receiver sensitivity of the Integrated IP microwave (v, ISX2 board, XPICenabled)

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

RSL@ BER=10-6 (dBm)

@6 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

Page 105: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance (Channel Spacing: 40 MHz)

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@7 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@8 GHz -86 -79 -75 -72.5 -69.5 -66.5

@11 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@13 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@15 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@18 GHz -85.5 -78.5 -74.5 -72 -69 -66

@23 GHz -85 -78 -74 -71.5 -68.5 -65.5

@26 GHz -84.5 -77.5 -73.5 -71 -68 -65

@28 GHz -84 -77 -73 -70.5 -67.5 -64.5

@32 GHz -83.5 -76.5 -72.5 -70 -67 -64

@38 GHz -83 -76 -72 -69.5 -66.5 -63.5

6.1.4 Distortion SensitivityThe distortion sensitivity reflects the anti-multipath fading capability of the OptiX RTN 950.

The notch depth of the OptiX RTN 950 meets the requirements described in ETSI EN302217-2-1. Table 6-47 describes the anti-multipath fading capability of the OptiX RTN 950in STM-1/128QAM microwave working modes.

Table 6-47 Anti-multipath fading capability

Item Performance

STM-1/128QAM W-curve See Figure 6-1

STM-1/128QAM dispersion fading margin 51 dB

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

Page 106: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Figure 6-1 W-curve

6.1.5 Transceiver PerformanceThe performance of the transceiver includes the nominal maximum/minimum transmit power,nominal maximum receive power, and frequency stability.

Transceiver Performance (Standard Power ODU)

Table 6-48 Transceiver Performance (SP ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 27 22.5 18.5 16.5

@8 GHz 27 22.5 18.5 16.5

@11 GHz 26 21.5 17.5 15.5

@13 GHz 26 21.5 17.5 15.5

@15 GHz 26 21.5 17.5 15.5

@18 GHz 25.5 21.5 17.5 15.5

@23 GHz 24 20.5 16.5 14.5

@26 GHz 23.5 19.5 15.5 13.5

@38 GHz 22 17.5 13.5 11.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

Page 107: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

Nominalminimumtransmit power(dBm)

-6

Nominalmaximumreceive power(dBm)

-20 -25

Frequencystability (ppm)

±5

Table 6-49 Transceiver performance (SPA ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@6 GHz 26.5 24 23 21

@7 GHz 25.5 21.5 20 18

@8 GHz 25.5 21.5 20 18

@11 GHz 24.5 20.5 18 16

@13 GHz 24.5 20 18 16

@15 GHz 24.5 20 18 16

@18 GHz 22.5 19 17 15

@23 GHz 22.5 19 16 14

Nominalminimumtransmit power(dBm)

0

Nominalmaximumreceive power(dBm)

-20 -25

Frequencystability (ppm)

±5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

Page 108: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Transceiver Performance (High Power ODU)

Table 6-50 Transceiver performance (HP ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@6 GHz 30 26 24 22

@7 GHz 30 28 25 23

@8 GHz 30 28 25 23

@10 GHz 26.5 22.5 20.5 18.5

@10.5 GHz 24 20.5 18 16

@11 GHz 28 26 22 20

@13 GHz 26 24 20 18

@15 GHz 26 24 20 18

@18 GHz 25.5 23 19 17

@23 GHz 25 23 19 17

@26 GHz 25 22 19 17

@28GHz 25 22 17 15

@32 GHz 23 21 17 15

@38 GHz 23 20 17 15

Nominal minimum transmit power (dBm)

@6 GHz 9

@7 GHz 9

@8 GHz 9

@10 GHz 2

@10.5 GHz 0

@11 GHz 6

@13 GHz 3

@15 GHz 3

@18 GHz 2

@23 GHz 2

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

Page 109: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

@26 GHz 2

@28GHz 2

@32 GHz 1

@38 GHz 1

Nominalmaximumreceive power(dBm)

-20 -25

Frequencystability (ppm)

±5

Table 6-51 Transceiver Performance (HPA ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 30 28 25 23

@8 GHz 30 28 25 23

@11 GHz 28 26 22 20

@13 GHz 26 24 20 18

@15 GHz 26 24 20 18

@18 GHz 25 23 19 17

@23 GHz 25 23 19 17

Nominal minimum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 9

@8 GHz 9

@11 GHz 6

@13 GHz 3

@15 GHz 3

@18 GHz 2

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

Page 110: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM/32QAM

64QAM/128QAM

256QAM

@23 GHz 2

Nominalmaximumreceive power(dBm)

-20 -25

Frequencystability (ppm)

±5

Table 6-52 Transceiver performance (XMC-2 ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)NOTE

When the working frequency is 7 GHz or 8 GHz and the channel spacing is 40 MHz or 56 MHz, the valueof this counter in each modulation format reduces by 3 dB.

@7 GHz 26.5 25.5 25.5 25 25 23

@8 GHz 26.5 25.5 25.5 25 25 23

@11GHz 26 24 24 22 22 20

@13 GHz 25 22 22 20.5 20.5 17.5

@15 GHz 25 22 22 20.5 20.5 18.5

@18 GHz 24 21 21 19.5 19.5 16.5

@23 GHz 24 21 21 19.5 19.5 17.5

@26 GHz 22 20 20 18 18 16

@28 GHz 25 22 21.5 19 19 17

@32 GHz 23 21 19.5 17 17 15

@38 GHz 20 17 17 16 16 14

Nominal minimum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 6.5

@8 GHz 6.5

@11GHz 0

@13 GHz 5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

Page 111: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM

@15 GHz 5

@18 GHz 4

@23 GHz 4

@26 GHz 0

@28GHz -5

@32GHz -5

@38 GHz 0

Nominalmaximumreceivepower(dBm)

-20 -25

Frequencystability(ppm)

±5

Transceiver Performance (Low Capacity for PDH ODU)

Table 6-53 Transceiver performance (LP ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 27 21

@8 GHz 27 21

@11 GHz 25 19

@13 GHz 25 19

@15 GHz 23.5 17.5

@18 GHz 23 17

@23 GHz 23 17

Nominal minimum transmitpower (dBm)

0

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

Page 112: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM

Nominal maximum receivepower (dBm)

-20

Frequency stability (ppm) ±5

Table 6-54 Transceiver performance (XMC-1 ODU)

Item Performance

QPSK 16QAM

Nominal maximum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 26.5 21

@8 GHz 26.5 21

@11GHz 25 19

@13 GHz 25 19

@15 GHz 23.5 17.5

@18 GHz 23 17

@23 GHz 23 17

Nominal minimum transmit power (dBm)

@7 GHz 6.5

@8 GHz 6.5

@11GHz 0

@13 GHz 5

@15 GHz 5

@18 GHz 4

@23 GHz 4

Nominal maximum receivepower (dBm)

-20

Frequency stability (ppm) ±5

6.1.6 IF PerformanceThe IF performance includes the performance of the IF signal and the performance of the ODUO&M signal.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

Page 113: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-55 IF performance

Item Performance

IF signal Transmit frequency of the IF board (MHz) 350

Receive frequency of the IF board (MHz) 140

ODU O&M signal Modulation scheme ASK

Transmit frequency of the IF board (MHz) 5.5

Receive frequency of the IF board (MHz) 10

Interface impedance (ohm) 50

6.1.7 Baseband Signal Processing Performance of the ModemThe baseband signal processing performance of the modem indicates the FEC coding schemeand the performance of the baseband time domain adaptive equalizer.

Table 6-56 Baseband signal processing performance of the modem

Item Performance

Encoding mode l IF1– Reed-Solomon (RS) encoding for PDH signals– Trellis-coded modulation (TCM) and RS two-level encoding

for SDH signalsl IFU2/IFX2/ISU2/ISX2

Low-density parity check code (LDPC) encoding.

Adaptive time-domain equalizer forbaseband signals

Supported.

6.2 Predicted Equipment ReliabilityPredicted equipment reliability includes predicted component reliability and predicted linkreliability. Equipment reliability is measured by mean time between failures (MTBF), andpredicated equipment reliability complies with the Bellcore TR-332 standard.

6.2.1 Predicted Component ReliabilityThe component reliability reflects the reliability of a single component.

Table 6-57 provides the predicted component reliability for the Integrated IP radio equipment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

Page 114: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-57 Predicted component reliability

Item Performance

IDU ODU

1+0 Non-ProtectionConfiguration

1+1 ProtectionConfiguration

MTBF (hour) 44.62x104 80.33x104 48.18x104

MTBF (year) 50.94 91.71 55

MTTR (hour) 1 1 1

Availability 99.99978% 99.99988% 99.99979%

6.2.2 Predicted Link ReliabilityThe link reliability reflects the equipment reliability of a microwave hop and reflects thereliability of all the involved components.

Table 6-58 provides the predicted equipment reliability for a single Integrated IP radio hop.

Table 6-58 Predicted equipment reliability for a single hop of link

Item Performance

1+0 Non-ProtectionConfiguration

1+1 Protection Configuration

MTBF (hour) 11.58x104 34.43x104

MTBF (year) 13.22 39.30

MTTR (hour) 1 1

Availability 99.99914% 99.99971%

6.3 Interface PerformanceThis section describes the technical specifications of services and auxiliary interfaces.

6.3.1 SDH Interface PerformanceThe performance of the SDH optical interface is compliant with ITU-T G.957/G.825, and theperformance of the electrical interface is compliant with ITU-T G.703.

STM-1 Optical Interface PerformanceThe performance of the STM-1 optical interface is compliant with ITU-T G.957/G.825. Thefollowing table provides the typical performance of the interface.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

Page 115: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-59 STM-1 optical interface performance

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) 155520

Classification code Ie-1 S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2

Fiber type Multi-modefiber

Single-modefiber

Single-modefiber

Single-modefiber

Transmission distance(km)

2 15 40 80

Operating wavelength(nm)

1270 to 1380 1261 to 1360 1263 to 1360 1480 to 1580

Mean launched power(dBm)

-19 to -14 -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-30 -28 -34 -34

Minimum overload (dBm) -14 -8 -10 -10

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

10 8.2 10 10

NOTE

The OptiX RTN 950 uses SFP optical modules for providing optical interfaces. You can use different types ofSFP optical modules to provide optical interfaces with different classification codes and transmission distances.

STM-1 Electrical Interface Performance

The performance of the STM-1 electrical interface is compliant with ITU-T G.703. Thefollowing table provides the typical performance of the interface.

Table 6-60 STM-1 electrical interface performance

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) 155520

Code type CMI

Wire pair in eachtransmission direction

One coaxial wire pair

Impedance (ohm) 75

NOTEThe OptiX RTN 950 uses SFP electrical modules to provide electrical interfaces.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

Page 116: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.3.2 E1 Interface PerformanceThe performance of the E1 interface is compliant with ITU-T G.703/G.823.

E1 Interface Performance

Table 6-61 E1 interface performance

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) 2048

Code pattern HDB3

Impedance (ohm) 75 120

Wire pair in eachtransmission direction

One coaxial wire pair One symmetrical wire pair

6.3.3 Ethernet Interface PerformanceEthernet interface performance complies with IEEE 802.3.

GE Optical Interface PerformanceThe characteristics of GE optical interfaces comply with IEEE 802.3. Table 6-62 to Table6-65 provide GE optical interface performance.

Table 6-62 GE optical interface performance (two-fiber bidirectional, short-distancetransmission)

Item Performance

Classification code 1000BASE-SX (0.5 km) 1000BASE-LX (10 km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) 850 1310

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 1000

Fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 0.5 10

Operating wavelength (nm) 770 to 860 1270 to 1355

Mean launched power (dBm) -9 to -3 -9 to -3

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-17 -20

Minimum overload (dBm) 0 -3

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

9.5 9.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

Page 117: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-63 GE optical interface performance (two-fiber bidirectional, long-haul transmission)

Item Performance

Classification code 1000BASE-VX(40 km)

1000BASE-VX(40 km)

1000BASE-ZX(80 km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) 1310 1550 1550

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 1000 1000 1000

Fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 40 40 80

Operating wavelength (nm) 1270 to 1350 1480 to 1580 1500 to 1580

Mean launched power (dBm) -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -2 to +5

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-23 -22 -22

Minimum overload (dBm) -3 -3 -3

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

9 9 9

Table 6-64 GE optical interface performance (two-fiber bidirectional, CWDM)

Item Performance

Classification code 1000BASE-CWDM (40km)

1000BASE-CWDM (80km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) l Channel 1: 1471l Channel 2: 1491l Channel 3: 1511l Channel 4: 1531l Channel 5: 1551l Channel 6: 1571l Channel 7: 1591l Channel 8: 1611

l Channel 1: 1471l Channel 2: 1491l Channel 3: 1511l Channel 4: 1531l Channel 5: 1551l Channel 6: 1571l Channel 7: 1591l Channel 8: 1611

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 1000 1000

Fiber type Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 40 80

Operating wavelength (nm) Nominal wavelength ±6.5 Nominal wavelength ±6.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

Page 118: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

Classification code 1000BASE-CWDM (40km)

1000BASE-CWDM (80km)

Mean launched power (dBm) 0 to +5 0 to +5

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-19 -28

Minimum overload (dBm) 0 -9

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

8.2 8.2

Table 6-65 GE optical interface performance (single-fiber bidirectional)

Item Performance

1000BASE-BX-D (10km)

1000BASE-BX-U(10km)

1000BASE-BX-D (40km)

1000BASE-BX-U(40km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) Tx: 1490Rx: 1310

Tx: 1310Rx: 1490

Tx: 1490Rx: 1310

Tx: 1310Rx: 1490

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 1000 1000 1000 1000

Fiber type Multi-mode Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 10 10 40 40

Operating wavelength (nm) Tx: 1480 to1500Rx: 1260 to1360

Tx: 1260 to1360Rx: 1480 to1500

Tx: 1260 to1360Rx: 1480 to1500

Tx: 1480 to1500Rx: 1260 to1360

Mean launched power (dBm) -9 to -3 -9 to -3 -3 to +3 -3 to +3

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

Minimum overload (dBm) -3 -3 -3 -3

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

6 6 6 6

NOTE

The OptiX RTN 950 uses SFP modules to provide GE optical interfaces. Users can use different types of SFPmodules to provide GE optical interfaces with different classification codes and transmission distances.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

Page 119: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

GE Electrical Interface PerformanceThe characteristics of GE electrical interfaces comply with IEEE 802.3. The following tableprovides GE electrical interface performance.

Table 6-66 GE electrical interface performance

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 10 (10BASE-T)100 (100BASE-TX)1000 (1000BASE-T)

Code pattern Manchester encoding signal (10BASE-T)MLT-3 encoding signal (100BASE-TX)4D-PAM5 encoding signal (1000BASE-T)

Interface type RJ45

FE Optical Interface PerformanceThe characteristics of FE optical interfaces comply with IEEE 802.3. Table 6-67 to Table6-68 provide FE optical interface performance.

Table 6-67 FE optical interface performance (two-fiber bidirectional)

Item Performance

100BASE-FX (2 km)

100BASE-LX (15 km)

100BASE-VX (40 km)

100BASE-ZX (80 km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) 1310 1310 1310 1550

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 100 100 100 100

Fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 2 15 40 80

Operating wavelength (nm) 1270 to 1380 1261 to 1360 1263 to 1360 1480 to 1580

Mean launched power (dBm) -19 to -14 -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-30 -28 -34 -34

Minimum overload (dBm) -14 -8 -10 -10

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

10 8.2 10 10.5

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

Page 120: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Table 6-68 FE optical interface performance (single-fiber bidirectional)

Item Performance

Classification code 100BASE-BX-D (15 km) 100BASE-BX-U (15 km)

Nominal wavelength (nm) Tx: 1550Rx: 1310

Tx: 1310Rx: 1550

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 100 100

Fiber type Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission distance (km) 15 15

Operating wavelength (nm) Tx: 1480 to 1580Rx: 1260 to 1360

Tx: 1260 to 1360Rx: 1480 to 1580

Mean launched power (dBm) -15 to -8 -15 to -8

Receiver minimumsensitivity (dBm)

-32 -32

Minimum overload (dBm) -8 -8

Minimum extinction ratio(dB)

8.5 8.5

NOTE

The OptiX RTN 950 uses SFP modules to provide FE optical interfaces. Users can use different types of SFPmodules to provide FE optical interfaces with different classification codes and transmission distances.

FE Electrical Interface PerformanceThe characteristics of FE interfaces comply with IEEE 802.3. The following table provides FEelectrical interface performance.

Table 6-69 FE electrical interface performance

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (Mbit/s) 10 (10BASE-T)100 (100BASE-TX)

Code pattern Manchester encoding signal (10BASE-T)MLT-3 encoding signal (100BASE-TX)

Interface type RJ45

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

Page 121: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

6.3.4 Auxiliary Interface PerformanceThe auxiliary interface performance includes the performance of the orderwire interface,synchronous data interface, asynchronous data interface, and wayside service interface.

Orderwire Interface Performance

Table 6-70 Orderwire interface performance

Item Performance

Transmission path Uses the E1 and E2 bytes in the SDH overhead or the Huawei-defined byte in the overhead of the microwave frame.

Orderwire type Addressing call

Wire pair in eachtransmission direction

One symmetrical wire pair

Impedance (ohm) 600

NOTE

The OptiX RTN equipment also supports the orderwire group call function. For example, when OptiX RTNequipment calls 888, the orderwire group call number, all the OptiX RTN equipment orderwire phones in theorderwire subnet ring until a phone is answered. Then, a point-to-point orderwire phone call is established.

Synchronous Data Interface Performance

Table 6-71 Synchronous data interface performance

Item Performance

Transmission path Uses the F1 byte in the SDH overhead or the Huawei-definedbyte in the overhead of the microwave frame.

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) 64

Interface type Codirectional

Interface characteristics Meets the ITU-T G.703 standard.

Asynchronous Data Interface

Table 6-72 Asynchronous data interface performance

Item Performance

Transmission path Uses the user-defined byte of the SDH overhead or theHuawei-defined byte in the overhead of the microwave frame.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

Page 122: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Performance

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) ≤ 19.2

Interface characteristics Meets the RS-232 standard.

Wayside Service Interface Performance

Table 6-73 Wayside service interface performance

Item Performance

Transmission path Uses the Huawei-defined bytes in the overhead of themicrowave frame.

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s) 2048

Impedance (ohm) 120

Interface characteristics Meets the ITU-T G.703 standard.

6.4 Clock Timing and Synchronization PerformanceThe clock timing performance and synchronization performance of the product meet relevantITU-T recommendations.

Table 6-74 Clock timing and synchronization performance

Item Performance

External synchronizationsource

2048 kbit/s (compliant with ITU-T G.703 §9), or 2048 kHz(compliant with ITU-T G.703 §13)

Frequency accuracy Compliant with ITU-T G.813

Pull-in and pull-out ranges

Noise generation

Noise tolerance

Noise transfer

Transient response andholdover performance

6.5 Integrated System PerformanceIntegrated system performance includes the dimensions, weight, power consumption, powersupply, EMC, surge protection, safety, and environment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

Page 123: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Dimensions

Table 6-75 Dimensions

Component Dimensions

IDU 442 mm (W) x 88 mm (H) x 220 mm (D)

ODU < 280 mm (W) x 280 mm (H) x 92 mm (D)

Weight

Table 6-76 Typical weight

Component Typical Weight

IDU 5.4 kg, (1+0 non-protection)6.2 kg, (1+1 protection)

ODU < 4.6 kg

Power Consumption

Table 6-77 Typical power consumption

No. Radio LinkForm

Configuration(Service Interface, RFConfiguration)

Typical PowerConsumption(IDU+ODU)

1 SDH radio link 2xSTM-1, 1+0 non-protection(1xCSH+1xIF1+1xSL1D+1xFAN+1xPIU+1xXMC-2 ODU)

72 W

2 SDH radio link 2xSTM-1, 1+1 HSB protection(1xCSH+2xIF1+1xSL1D+1xFAN+1xPIU+2xXMC-2 ODU)

95 W

3 Intergrade IPradio link

4xFE+2xGE, 1+0 non-protection(1xCSH+1xIFU2+1xEM6F+1xFAN+1xPIU+1xXMC-2 ODU)

91 W

4 Intergrade IPradio link

4xFE+2xGE, 1+1 HSB protection(1xCSH+2xIFU2+1xEM6F+1xFAN+1xPIU+2xXMC-2 ODU)

125 W

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

Page 124: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Power Supply

Table 6-78 Power Supply

Component Performance

IDU l Compliant with ETSI EN300 132-2l Supports two -48 V/-60 V (-38.4 V to -72 V) DC power

inputs (mutual backup)l Supports the backup of the 1+1 3.3 V power units.

ODU l Compliant with ETSI EN300 132-2l Supports one -48 V (-38.4 V to -72 V) DC power input

that is provided by the IDU

Electromagnetic Compatibilityl Passes CE authentication.l Compliant with ETSI EN 301 489-1.l Compliant with ETSI EN 301 489-4.l Compliant with CISPR 22.l Compliant with EN 55022.

Lightning Protectionl Compliant with ITU-T K.27.l Compliant with ETSI EN 300 253.

Safetyl Passes CE authentication.l Compliant with ETSI EN 60215.l Compliant with ETSI EN 60950.l Compliant with IEC 60825.

EnvironmentThe IDU is used in a place that has weather protection and where the temperature can becontrolled. The ODU is an outdoor unit.

Table 6-79 Environment performance

Item Component

IDU ODU

Majorreferencestandards

Operation Compliant with ETSI EN300 019-1-3 class 3.2

Compliant with ETSI EN300 019-1-4 class 4.1

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

Page 125: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Item Component

IDU ODU

Transportation Compliant with ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 class 2.3

Storage Compliant with ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 class 1.2

Airtemperature

Operation Long-term: -5°C to +60°CShort-term: -20°C to +65°C

-35°C to +55°C

Transportationand storage

-40°C to +70°C

Relative humidity 5% to 95% 5% to 100%

Noise < 7.2 bel, compliant withETSI EN 300 753 class 3.2attended

-

Earthquake Compliant with Bellcore GR-63-CORE ZONE 4

Mechanical stress Compliant with ETSI EN 300 019

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description 6 Technical Specifications

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

Page 126: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

A Compliance Standards

A.1 ITU-R StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ITU-R standards designed for microwave equipment.

A.2 ETSI StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ETSI standards designed for microwave equipment.

A.3 IEC StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 is compliant with the IEC standards related to the waveguide.

A.4 ITU-T StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ITU-T standards designed for SDH/PDH equipment.

A.5 IETF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with IETF standards.

A.6 IEEE StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the IEEE standards designed for Ethernet networks.

A.7 MEF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with MEF standards.

A.8 AF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with AF standards.

A.9 Environmental StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the environmental standards designed for split-mountmicrowave equipment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

Page 127: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

A.1 ITU-R StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ITU-R standards designed for microwave equipment.

Table A-1 ITU-R standard

Standard Description

ITU-R F.383-8 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for high capacity radio-relaysystems operating in the lower 6 GHz band

ITU-R F.384-10 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for medium and high capacityanalogue or digital radio-relay systems operating in the upper 6 GHzband

ITU-R F.385-9 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for fixed wireless systemsoperating in the 7 GHz band

ITU-R F.386-8 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for medium and high capacityanalogue or digital radio-relay systems operating in the 8 GHz band

ITU-R F.387-10 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systemsoperating in the 11 GHz band

ITU-R F.497-7 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systemsoperating in the 13 GHz frequency band

ITU-R F.595-9 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for fixed wireless systemsoperating in the 18 GHz frequency band

ITU-R F.636-3 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systemsoperating in the 15 GHz band

ITU-R F.637-3 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systemsoperating in the 23 GHz band

ITU-R F.747 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for fixed wireless systemsoperating in the 10 GHz band

ITU-R F.748-4 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay systemsoperating in the 25, 26 and 28 GHz bands

ITU-R F.749-2 Radio-frequency arrangements for systems of the fixed serviceoperating in the 38 GHz band

ITU-R F.1191-1-2 Bandwidths and unwanted emissions of digital radio-relay systems

ITU-R F.1520-2 Radio-frequency channel arrangements for systems in the fixedservice operating in the band 31.8-33.4 GHz

ITU-R P.530-12 Propagation data and prediction methods required for the design ofterrestrial line-of-sight systems

ITU-R P.453-9 The radio refractive index: its formula and refractivity data

ITU-R P.525-2 Calculation of free-space attenuation

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

Page 128: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

ITU-R P.837-5 Characteristics of precipitation for propagation modelling

ITU-R P.838-3 Specific attenuation model for rain for use in prediction methods

ITU-R F.1093Effects of multipath propagation on the design and operation of line-of-sight digital fixed wireless systems

ITU-R F.1101 Characteristics of digital fixed wireless systems below about 17 GHz

ITU-R F.1102 Characteristics of fixed wireless systems operating in frequencybands above about 17 GHz

ITU-R F.1330 Performance limits for bringing into service the parts of internationalplesiochronous digital hierarchy and synchronous digital hierarchypaths and sections implemented by digital fixed wireless systems

ITU-R F.1605 Error performance and availability estimation for synchronous digitalhierarchy terrestrial fixed wireless systems

ITU-R F.1668 Error performance objectives for real digital fixed wireless links usedin 27 500 km hypothetical reference paths and connections

ITU-R F.1703 Availability objectives for real digital fixed wireless links used in 27500 km hypothetical reference paths and connections

ITU-R F.592 Vocabulary of terms for the fixed service

ITU-R F.746 Radio-frequency arrangements for fixed service systems

ITU-R F.750 Architectures and functional aspects of radio-relay systems forsynchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)-based network

ITU-R F.751 Transmission characteristics and performance requirements of radio-relay systems for SDH-based networks

ITU-R F.556 Hypothetical reference digital path for radio-relay systems which mayform part of an integrated services digital network with a capacityabove the second hierarchical level

ITU-R SM.329-10 Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain

A.2 ETSI StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ETSI standards designed for microwave equipment.

Table A-2 ETSI standard

Standard Description

ETSI EN 302 217-1V1.3.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 1: Overview and system-independent common characteristics

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

Page 129: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

ETSI EN 302217-2-1 V1.3.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 2-1: System-dependentrequirements for digital systems operating in frequency bands wherefrequency co-ordination is applied

ETSI EN 302217-2-2 V1.3.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 2-2: Harmonized EN coveringessential requirements of Article 3.2 of R&TTE Directive for digitalsystems operating in frequency bands where frequency co-ordinationis applied

ETSI EN 302 217-3V1.2.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 3: Harmonized EN coveringessential requirements of Article 3.2 of R&TTE Directive forequipment operating in frequency bands where no frequency co-ordination is applied

ETSI EN 302217-4-1 V1.4.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 4-1: System-dependentrequirements for antennas

ETSI EN 302217-4-2 V1.5.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 4-2: Harmonized EN coveringessential requirements of Article 3.2 of R&TTE Directive forantennas

ETSI EN 301 126-1V1.1.2

Fixed Radio Systems; Conformance testing; Part 1: Point-to-Pointequipment - Definitions, general requirements and test procedures

ETSI EN 301126-3-1 V1.1.2

Fixed Radio Systems; Conformance testing; Part 3-1: Point-to-Pointantennas; Definitions, general requirements and test procedures

ETSI EN 301 390V1.2.1

Fixed Radio Systems; Point-to-point and Multipoint Systems;Spurious emissions and receiver immunity limits at equipment/antenna port of Digital Fixed Radio Systems

A.3 IEC StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 is compliant with the IEC standards related to the waveguide.

Table A-3 Relevant IEC standards

Standard Description

IEC 60154-1 Flanges for waveguides. Part 1: General requirements

IEC 60154-2 Flanges for waveguides. Part 2: Relevant specifications for flangesfor ordinary rectangular waveguides

IEC 60154-3 Flanges for waveguides. Part 3: Relevant specifications for flangesfor flat rectangular waveguides

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

Page 130: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

IEC 60154-4 Flanges for waveguides. Part 4: Relevant specifications for flangesfor circular waveguides

IEC 60154-6 Flanges for waveguides. Part 6: Relevant specifications for flangesfor medium flat rectangular waveguides

IEC 60154-7 Flanges for waveguides - Part 7: Relevant specifications for flangesfor square waveguides

IEC 60153-1 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 1 : General requirements andmeasuring methods

IEC 60153-2 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 2 : Relevant specifications forordinary rectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-3 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 3 : Relevant specifications for flatrectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-4 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 4 : Relevant specifications forcircular waveguides

IEC 60153-6 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 6 : Relevant specifications formedium flat rectangular waveguides

IEC 60153-7 Hollow metallic waveguides. Part 7 : Relevant specifications forsquare waveguides

A.4 ITU-T StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the ITU-T standards designed for SDH/PDH equipment.

Table A-4 ITU-T standard

Standard Description

ITU-T G.664 Optical safety procedures and requirements for optical transportsystems

ITU-T G.702 Digital hierarchy bit rates

ITU-T G.703 Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces

ITU-T G.704 Synchronous frame structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and44,736 kbit/s hierarchical levels

ITU-T G.706 Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) proceduresrelating to basic frame structures defined in Recommendation G.704

ITU-T G.707 Network node interface for the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.773 Protocol suites for Q-interfaces for management of transmissionsystems

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

Page 131: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

ITU-T G.774 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management informationmodel for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.1 Synchronous Digital Hierarch y(SDH) performance monitoring forthe network element view

ITU-T G.774.2 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) configuration of the payloadstructure for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.3 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management of multiplex-section protection for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.4 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management of the sub-network connection protection for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.5 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management of connectionsupervision functionality(HCS/LCS) for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.6 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) unidirectional performancemonitoring for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.7 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management of lower orderpath trace and interface labeling for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.9 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) configuration of linearmultiplex section protection for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.10 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) configuration of linearmultiplex section protection for the network element view

ITU-T G.775 Loss of Signal (LOS), Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) and RemoteDefect Indication (RDI) defect detection and clearance criteria forPDH signals

ITU-T G.7710 Common equipment management function requirements

ITU-T G.780 Vocabulary of terms for synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)networks and equipment

ITU-T G.781 Synchronization layer functions

ITU-T G.783 Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipmentfunctional blocks

ITU-T G.784 Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management

ITU-T G.803 Architecture of transport networks based on the synchronous digitalhierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.805 Generic functional architecture of transport networks

ITU-T G.806 Characteristics of transport equipment - Description methodology andgeneric functionality

ITU-T G.808.1 Generic protection switching - Linear trail and sub-networkprotection

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

Page 132: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

ITU-T G.810 Definitions and terminology for synchronization networks

ITU-T G.811 Timing characteristics of primary reference clocks

ITU-T G.812 Timing requirements of slave clocks suitable for use as node clocksin synchronization networks

ITU-T G.813 Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks (SEC)

ITU-T G.821 Error performance of an international digital connection operating ata bit rate below the primary rate and forming part of an integratedservices digital network

ITU-T G.822 Controlled slip rate objectives on an international digital connection

ITU-T G.823 The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which arebased on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy

ITU-T G.825 The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which arebased on the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.826 Error performance parameters and objectives for international,constant bit rate digital paths at or above the primary rate

ITU-T G.828 Error performance parameters and objectives for international,constant bit rate synchronous digital paths

ITU-T G.829 Error performance events for SDH multiplex and regenerator sections

ITU-T G.831 Management capabilities of transport networks based on thesynchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.832 Transport of SDH elements on PDH networks - Frame andmultiplexing structures

ITU-T G.841 Types and characteristics of SDH network protection architectures

ITU-T G.842 Inter-working of SDH network protection architectures

ITU-T G.957 Optical interfaces for equipments and systems relating to thesynchronous digital hierarchy

ITU-T G.958 Digital line systems based on the synchronous digital hierarchy foruse on optical fiber cables.

ITU-T G.7043/Y.1343

Virtual concatenation of Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH)signals

ITU-T G.8010 Architecture of Ethernet layer networks

ITU-T G.8011 Ethernet over Transport - Ethernet services framework

ITU-T G.8011.1 Ethernet private line service

ITU-T G.8011.2 Ethernet virtual private line service

ITU-T G.8012 Ethernet UNI and Ethernet over transport NNI

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

Page 133: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

ITU-T G.8021 Characteristics of Ethernet transport network equipment functionalblocks

ITU-T G.8110 MPLS layer network architecture

ITU-T G.8110.1 Application of MPLS in the transport network

ITU-T G.8121 Characteristics of transport MPLS equipment functional blocks

ITU-T G.8112 Interfaces for the transport MPLS (T-MPLS) hierarchy

ITU-T G.8131 Protection switching for transport MPLS (T-MPLS) networks

ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361

Timing and synchronization aspects in packet networks

ITU-T G.8262/Y.1362

Timing characteristics of synchronous Ethernet equipment slaveclock (EEC)

ITU-T G.8264 Timing distribution through packet networks

ITU-T Y.1541 Network performance objectives for IP-based services

ITU-T Y.1710 Requirements for OAM functionality for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1730 Requirements for OAM functions in Ethernet based networks andEthernet services

ITU-T Y.1731 OAM functions and mechanisms for Ethernet based networks

ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344

Ethernet Ring Protection Switching

ITU-T Y.1711 Operation & Maintenance mechanism for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1720 Protection switching for MPLS networks

ITU-T I.610 B-ISDN operation and maintenance principles and functions

ITU-T Y.1291 An architectural framework for support of quality of service (QoS) inpacket networks

A.5 IETF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with IETF standards.

Table A-5 IETF standard

Standard Description

RFC 2819 Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base

RFC 4664 Framework for layer 2 virtual private networks (L2VPNs)

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

Page 134: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

RFC 3031 MPLS architecture

RFC 3469 Framework for multi-protocol label switching (MPLS)-basedrecovery

RFC 3811 Definitions of textual conventions for multiprotocol label switching(MPLS) management

RFC 3813 Multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) label switching router (LSR)management information base

RFC 3814 Multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) forwarding equivalence classto next hop label forwarding entry (FEC-To-NHLFE) managementinformation base

RFC 4221 Multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) management overview

RFC 4377 Operations and management (OAM) requirements for multi-protocollabel switched (MPLS) networks

RFC 4378 A framework for multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) operationsand management (OAM)

RFC 3032 MPLS label stack encoding

RFC 3443 Time to live (TTL) processing in multi-protocol label switching(MPLS) networks

RFC 3916 Requirements for pseudo-wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

RFC 3985 Pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) architecture

RFC 4197 Requirements for edge-to-edge emulation of time divisionmultiplexed (TDM) circuits over packet switching networks

RFC 4385 Pseudowire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) control word for useover an MPLS PSN

RFC 4446 IANA allocations for pseudowire edge to edge emulation (PWE3)

RFC 0826 Ethernet address resolution protocol

RFC 3270 Multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) support of differentiatedservices

RFC 4448 Encapsulation methods for transport of Ethernet over MPLS networks

RFC 4553 Structure-agnostic time division multiplexing (TDM) over packet(SAToP)

RFC 5085 Pseudo wire virtual circuit connectivity verification (VCCV)

RFC 5086 Structure-Aware Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) CircuitEmulation Service over Packet Switched Network (CESoPSN)

RFC 4717 Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Asynchronous TransferMode (ATM) over MPLS Networks

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

Page 135: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

RFC 4816 Pseudowire Emulation Edge-to-Edge (PWE3) AsynchronousTransfer Mode (ATM) Transparent Cell Transport Service

RFC 4385 Pseudowire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) control word for useover an MPLS PSN

RFC 5254 Requirements for Multi-Segment Pseudowire Emulation Edge-to-Edge (PWE3)

RFC 3644 Policy quality of service (QoS) Information model

RFC 2212 Specification of guaranteed quality of service

RFC 2474 Definition of the differentiated services field (DS Field) in the IPv4and IPv6 headers

RFC 2475 An architecture for differentiated services

RFC 2597 Assured forwarding PHB group

RFC 2698 A two rate three color marker

RFC 3246 An expedited forwarding PHB (Per-hop behavior)

RFC 3270 Multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) support of differentiatedservices

draft-ietf-l2vpn-oam-req-frmk-05

L2VPN OAM requirements and framework

draft-ietf-pwe3-segmented-pw-03

Segmented pseudo wire

draft-ietf-pwe3-ms-pw-requirements-03

Requirements for inter domain pseudo-wires

draft-ietf-pwe3-ms-pw-arch-02

An architecture for multi-segment pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge

A.6 IEEE StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the IEEE standards designed for Ethernet networks.

Table A-6 IEEE standard

Standard Description

IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD)access method and physical layer specification

IEEE 802.3u Media Access Control (MAC) parameters, physical Layer, mediumattachment units, and repeater for 100 Mb/s operation, type100BASE-T

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

Page 136: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex Operation and Type 100BASE-T2

IEEE 802.3z Media Access Control (MAC) parameters, physical Layer, repeaterand management parameters for 1000 Mb/s operation

IEEE 802.3ah Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and ManagementParameters for Subscriber Access Networks

IEEE 802.1d Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges

IEEE 802.1q Virtual bridged local area networks

IEEE 802.1ad Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 4: ProviderBridges

IEEE 802.1ag Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks — Amendment 5: ConnectivityFault Management

A.7 MEF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with MEF standards.

Table A-7 MEF standard

Standard Description

MEF 2 Requirements and framework for Ethernet service protection in metroEthernet networks

MEF 4 Metro Ethernet network architecture framework - Part 1: genericframework

MEF 9 Abstract Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI

MEF 10 Ethernet services attributes phase 1

MEF 14 Abstract Test Suite for Traffic Management Phase 1

A.8 AF StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with AF standards.

Table A-8 AF standard

Standard Description

AF-PHY-0086.001 Inverse Multiplexing for ATM Specification Version 1.1

AF-TM-0121.000 Traffic Management Specification

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

Page 137: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

A.9 Environmental StandardsThe OptiX RTN 950 complies with the environmental standards designed for split-mountmicrowave equipment.

Table A-9 environmental standard

Standard Description

EN 55022 Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio DisturbanceCharacteristics of Information Technology Equipment

CISPR 22 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbancecharacteristics of information

ETSI EN 301 489-1 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipmentand services; Part 1: Common technical requirements

ETSI EN 301 489-4 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipmentand services; Part 4: Specific conditions for fixed radio links andancillary equipment and services

EN 60950-1 Information technology equipment-Safety-Part 1: Generalrequirements

UL 60950-1 Information technology equipment-Safety-Part 1: Generalrequirements

IEC 60825-1 Safety of laser products-Part 1: Equipment classification,requirements and user's guide

IEC 60825-2 Safety of laser products-Part 2: Safety of optical fiber communicationsystems (OFCS)

IEC 60950-1 Information technology equipment-Safety-Part 1: Generalrequirements

IEC 60950-22(Outdoor Unit)

Information technology equipment-Safety-Part 22: Equipment to beinstalled outdoors

IEC 61000-4-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 2: Testing andmeasurement techniques Section 2: Electrostatic discharge immunitytest Basic EMC Publication

IEC 61000-4-3 Electromagnetic compatibility; Part 3: Testing and measurementtechniques Section 3 radio frequency electromagnetic fields;immunity test.

IEC 61000-4-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing andmeasurement techniques Section 4: Electrical fast transient/burstimmunity test Basic EMC publication

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

Page 138: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

IEC 61000-4-5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 5: Testing andmeasurement techniques Section 5: Surge immunity test

IEC 61000-4-6 Electromagnetic compatibility: Part 6: Testing and measurementtechniques: Section 6 conducted disturbances induced by radio-frequency fields; immunity test

IEC 721-3-1 Classes1K4/1Z2/1Z3/1Z5/1B2/1C2/1S3/1M2

Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3: Classification ofgroups of environmental parameters and their severities - Section 1:Storage Classes 1K4/1Z2/1Z3/1Z5/1B2/1C2/1S3/1M2

IEC 721-3-2 Classes2K4/2B2/2C2/2S2/2M2

Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3: Classification ofgroups of environmental parameters and their severities - Section 2:Transportation Classes 2K4/2B2/2C2/2S2/2M2

IEC 721-3-3 Classes3K5/3Z2/3Z4/3B2/3C2(3C1)/3S2/3M2(Indoor Unit)

Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3: Classification ofgroups of environmental parameters and their severities - Section 3:Stationary use at weather protected locations Classes3K5/3Z2/3Z4/3B2/3C2(3C1)/3S2/3M2

IEC 721-3-4 Classes4K2/4Z5/4Z7/4B1/4C2(4C3)/4S2/4M5(Outdoor Unit)

Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3: Classification ofgroups of environmental parameters and their severities - Section 4:Stationary use at non-weather protected locations. Classes4K2/4Z5/4Z7/4B1/4C2(4C3)/4S2/4M5

ETSI EN 300019-1-1 Class 1.2

Environmental conditions and environmental tests fortelecommunications equipment; Part 1-1: Classification ofenvironmental conditions; Storage Class 1.2

ETSI EN 300019-1-2 Class 2.3

Environmental conditions and environmental tests fortelecommunications equipment; Part 1-2: Classification ofenvironmental conditions; Transportation Class 2.3

ETSI EN 300019-1-3 Class 3.2(Indoor Unit)

Environmental conditions and environmental tests fortelecommunications equipment; Part 1-3: Classification ofenvironmental conditions; Stationary use at weather-protectedlocations; Class 3.2

ETSI EN 300019-1-4 Class 4.1(Outdoor Unit)

Environmental conditions and environmental tests fortelecommunications equipment; Part 1-4: Classification ofenvironmental conditions; Stationary use at non-weather-protectedlocations Class 4.1

EN 300 132-2 Environmental Engineering (EE); Power supply interface at the inputto telecommunications equipment; Part 2: Operated by direct current(dc)

EN 300 119 Environmental Engineering (EE); European telecommunicationstandard for equipment practice;

TR 102 489 V1.1.1 Thermal Management Guidance for equipment and its deployment

ETS 300 753 Equipment Engineering (EE);Acoustic noise emitted bytelecommunications equipment

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

Page 139: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Standard Description

IEC 60215 Safety requirements for radio transmitting equipment

IEC 60825 Safety of laser products

IEC 60657 Non-ionizing radiation hazards in the frequency range from 10 MHzto 300 000 MHz

IEC 60297 Dimensions of mechanical structures of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series

IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures

IEC 60068 Environmental Testing

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description A Compliance Standards

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

Page 140: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

B Glossary

Terms are listed in an alphabetical order.

B.1 0-9This section provides the terms starting with numbers.

B.2 A-EThis section provides the terms starting with letters A to E.

B.3 F-JThis section provides the terms starting with letters F to J.

B.4 K-OThis section provides the terms starting with letters K to O.

B.5 P-TThis section provides the terms starting with letters P to T.

B.6 U-ZThis section provides the terms starting with letters U to Z.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

Page 141: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

B.1 0-9This section provides the terms starting with numbers.

1U The standard electronics industries association (EIA) rack unit (44 mm/1.75 in.)

B.2 A-EThis section provides the terms starting with letters A to E.

A

ABR See available bit rate

ACAP See adjacent channel alternate polarization

access control list A list of entities, together with their access rights, which are authorized to have accessto a resource.

ACL See access control list

adaptive modulation A technology that is used to automatically adjust the modulation scheme according tothe channel quality. When the channel quality is favorable, the equipment adopts a high-efficiency modulation scheme to improve the transmission efficiency and the spectrumutilization of the system. When the channel quality is degraded, the equipment adoptsthe low-efficiency modulation scheme to improve the anti-interference capability of thelink that carries high-priority services.

ADC See analog to digital converter

add/drop multiplexer Network elements that provide access to all or some subset of the constituent signalscontained within an STM-N signal. The constituent signals are added to (inserted), and/or dropped from (extracted) the STM-N signal as it passed through the ADM.

Address ResolutionProtocol

Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is an Internet Protocol used to map IP addresses toMAC addresses. It allows hosts and routers to determine the link layer addresses throughARP requests and ARP responses. The address resolution is a process in which the hostconverts the target IP address into a target MAC address before transmitting a frame.The basic function of the ARP is to query the MAC address of the target equipmentthrough its IP address.

adjacent channelalternate polarization

A channel configuration method, which uses two adjacent channels (a horizontalpolarization wave and a vertical polarization wave) to transmit two signals.

ADM See add/drop multiplexer

administrative unit The information structure which provides adaptation between the higher order path layerand the multiplex section layer. It consists of an information payload (the higher orderVC) and an AU pointer which indicates the offset of the payload frame start relative tothe multiplex section frame start.

AF See assured forwarding

aggregation A collection of objects that makes a whole. An aggregation can be a concrete orconceptual set of whole-part relationships among objects.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

Page 142: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

AIS See alarm indication signal

alarm automatic report When an alarm is generated on the device side, the alarm is reported to the NetworkManagement System (NMS). Then, an alarm panel prompts and the user can view thedetails of the alarm.

alarm cascading The shunt-wound output of the alarm signals of several subracks or cabinets.

Alarm Filtering An NE reports the detected alarm to the element management system (EMS). Based onthe filter state of the alarm, the EMS determines whether to display or save the alarminformation. If the filter state of an alarm is set to Filter, the alarm is not displayed orstored on the EMS. The alarm, however, is still monitored by the NE.

alarm indication signal A code sent downstream in a digital network as an indication that an upstream failurehas been detected and alarmed. It is associated with multiple transport layers.

alarm suppression A function used not to monitor alarms for a specific object, which may be thenetworkwide equipment, a specific NE, a specific board and even a specific functionmodule of a specific board.

AM See adaptive modulation

analog to digitalconverter

An electronic circuit that converts continuous signals to discrete digital numbers. Thereverse operation is performed by a digital-to-analog converter (DAC).

APS See automatic protection switching

ARP See Address Resolution Protocol

assured forwarding One of the four per-hop behaviors (PHB) defined by the Diff-Serv workgroup of IETF.It is suitable for certain key data services that require assured bandwidth and short delay.For traffic within the bandwidth limit, AF assures quality in forwarding. For traffic thatexceeds the bandwidth limit, AF degrades the service class and continues to forward thetraffic instead of discarding the packets.

AsynchronousTransfer Mode

A protocol for the transmission of a variety of digital signals using uniform 53 byte cells.A transfer mode in which the information is organized into cells; it is asynchronous inthe sense that the recurrence of cells depends on the required or instantaneous bit rate.Statistical and deterministic values may also be used to qualify the transfer mode.

ATM See Asynchronous Transfer Mode

ATM PVC ATM permanent virtual circuit

ATPC See automatic transmit power control

attenuator A device used to increase the attenuation of an Optical Fiber Link. Generally used toensure that the signal at the receive end is not too strong.

AU See administrative unit

automatic protectionswitching

Capability of a transmission system to detect a failure on a working facility and to switchto a standby facility to recover the traffic.

automatic transmitpower control

A method of adjusting the transmit power based on fading of the transmit signal detectedat the receiver

available bit rate A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. ABR only provides possibleforwarding service and applies to the connections that does not require the real-timequality. It does not provide any guarantee in terms of cell loss or delay.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

Page 143: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

B

backward defectindication

When detecting a defect, the sink node of an LSP uses backward defect indication (BDI)to inform the upstream end of the LSP of a downstream defect along the return path.

bandwidth A range of transmission frequencies that a transmission line or channel can carry in anetwork. In fact, it is the difference between the highest and lowest frequencies thetransmission line or channel. The greater the bandwidth, the faster the data transfer rate.

base station controller A logical entity that connects the BTS with the MSC in a GSM network. It interworkswith the BTS through the Abis interface, the MSC through the A interface. It providesthe following functions: radio resource management, base station management, powercontrol, handover control, and traffic measurement. One BSC controls and manages oneor more BTSs in an actual network.

base transceiver station A Base Transceiver Station terminates the radio interface. It allows transmission of trafficand signaling across the air interface. The BTS includes the baseband processing, radioequipment, and the antenna.

basic input/outputsystem

A firmware stored in the computer mainboard. It contains basic input/output controlprograms, power-on self test (POST) programs, bootstraps, and system settinginformation. The BIOS provides hardware setting and control functions for the computer.

BDI See backward defect indication

BE See best effort

BER See bit error rate

best effort A traditional IP packet transport service. In this service, the diagrams are forwardedfollowing the sequence of the time they reach. All diagrams share the bandwidth of thenetwork and routers. The amount of resource that a diagram can use depends of the timeit reaches. BE service does not ensure any improvement in delay time, jitter, packet lossratio, and high reliability.

binding strap The binding strap is 12.7 mm wide, with one hook side (made of transparentpolypropylene material) and one mat side (made of black nylon material).

BIOS See basic input/output system

BIP See bit interleaved parity

bit error An incompatibility between a bit in a transmitted digital signal and the correspondingbit in the received digital signal.

bit error rate Ratio of received bits that contain errors. BER is an important index used to measure thecommunications quality of a network.

bit interleaved parity A method of error monitoring. With even parity an X-bit code is generated by thetransmitting equipment over a specified portion of the signal in such a manner that thefirst bit of the code provides even parity over the first bit of all X-bit sequences in thecovered portion of the signal, the second bit provides even parity over the second bit ofall X-bit sequences within the specified portion, etc. Even parity is generated by settingthe BIP-X bits so that there is an even number of 1s in each monitored partition of thesignal. A monitored partition comprises all bits which are in the same bit position withinthe X-bit sequences in the covered portion of the signal. The covered portion includesthe BIP-X.

BPDU See bridge protocol data unit

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

Page 144: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

bridge protocol dataunit

The data messages that are exchanged across the switches within an extended LAN thatuses a spanning tree protocol (STP) topology. BPDU packets contain information onports, addresses, priorities and costs and ensure that the data ends up where it wasintended to go. BPDU messages are exchanged across bridges to detect loops in anetwork topology. The loops are then removed by shutting down selected bridgesinterfaces and placing redundant switch ports in a backup, or blocked, state.

broadcast A means of delivering information to all members in a network. The broadcast range isdetermined by the broadcast address.

BSC See base station controller

BTS See base transceiver station

buffer A storage area used for handling data in transit. Buffers are used in inter-networking tocompensate for differences in processing speed between network devices. Bursts of datacan be stored in buffers until they can be handled by slower processing devices. In aprogram, buffers are created to hold some amount of data from each of the files that willbe read or written. In a streaming media application, the program uses buffers to storean advance supply of audio or video data to compensate for momentary delays.

C

cable tie The tape used to bind the cables.

cable tray N/A

cable trough N/A

CAR See committed access rate

CBR See constant bit rate

CBS See committed burst size

CC See connectivity check

CCC See circuit cross connect

CCDP See co-channel dual polarization

CCM See continuity check message

CE See customer edge

central processing unit The computational and control unit of a computer. The CPU is the device that interpretsand executes instructions. The CPU has the ability to fetch, decode, and executeinstructions and to transfer information to and from other resources over the computer'smain data-transfer path, the bus.

CES See circuit emulation service

CF See compact flash

CGMP See Cisco Group Management Protocol

channel A telecommunication path of a specific capacity and/or at a specific speed between twoor more locations in a network. The channel can be established through wire, radio(microwave), fiber or a combination of the three. The amount of information transmittedper second in a channel is the information transmission speed, expressed in bits persecond. For example, b/s (100 bit/s), kb/s (103 bit/s), Mb/s (106 bit/s), Gb/s (109 bit/s),and Tb/s (1012 bit/s).

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

Page 145: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

CIR See committed information rate

circuit cross connect An implementation of MPLS L2VPN through the static configuration of labels.

circuit emulationservice

A function with which the E1/T1 data can be transmitted through ATM networks. At thetransmission end, the interface module packs timeslot data into ATM cells. These ATMcells are sent to the reception end through the ATM network. At the reception end, theinterface module re-assigns the data in these ATM cells to E1/T1 timeslots. The CEStechnology guarantees that the data in E1/T1 timeslots can be recovered to the originalsequence at the reception end.

Cisco GroupManagement Protocol

N/A

CIST See common and internal spanning tree

CIST root A switch of the highest priority is elected as the root in an MSTP network.

clock tracing The method to keep the time on each node being synchronized with a clock source in anetwork.

co-channel dualpolarization

A channel configuration method, which uses a horizontal polarization wave and a verticalpolarization wave to transmit two signals. The Co-Channel Dual Polarization is twicethe transmission capacity of the single polarization.

coarse wavelengthdivision multiplexing

A signal transmission technology that multiplexes widely-spaced optical channels intothe same fiber. CWDM widely spaces wavelengths at a spacing of several nm. CWDMdoes not support optical amplifiers and is applied in a short-distance chain network.

colored packet A packet whose priority is determined by defined colors.

committed access rate A traffic control method that uses a set of rate limits to be applied to a router interface.CAR is a configurable method by which incoming and outgoing packets can be classifiedinto QoS (Quality of Service) groups, and by which the input or output transmission ratecan be defined.

committed burst size committed burst size. A parameter used to define the capacity of token bucket C, that is,the maximum burst IP packet size when the information is transferred at the committedinformation rate. This parameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that thisparameter should be not less than the maximum length of the IP packet that might beforwarded.

committed informationrate

The rate at which a frame relay network agrees to transfer information in normalconditions. Namely, it is the rate, measured in bit/s, at which the token is transferred tothe leaky bucket.

common and internalspanning tree

The single spanning tree calculated by STP and RSTP together with the logicalcontinuation of that connectivity by using MST Bridges and regions, calculated by MSTPto ensure that all LANs in the bridged local area network are simply and fully connected.

compact flash Compact flash (CF) was originally developed as a type of data storage device used inportable electronic devices. For storage, CompactFlash typically uses flash memory ina standardized enclosure.

concatenation A process that combines multiple virtual containers. The combined capacities can beused a single capacity. The concatenation also keeps the integrity of bit sequence.

connectivity check Ethernet CFM can detect the connectivity between MEPs. The detection is achieved byeach MEP transmitting a Continuity Check Message (CCM) periodically.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

Page 146: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

constant bit rate A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. CBR transfers cells based onthe constant bandwidth. It is applicable to service connections that depend on preciseclocking to ensure undistorted transmission.

continuity checkmessage

CCM is used to detect the link status.

corrugated pipe Used to protect optical fibers.

CPU See central processing unit

CRC See cyclic redundancy check

cross polarizationinterferencecancellation

A technology used in the case of the Co-Channel Dual Polarization (CCDP) to eliminatethe cross-connect interference between two polarization waves in the CCDP.

customer edge A part of BGP/MPLS IP VPN model. It provides interfaces for direct connection to theService Provider (SP) network. A CE can be a router, switch, or host.

CWDM See coarse wavelength division multiplexing

cyclic redundancycheck

A procedure used in checking for errors in data transmission. CRC error checking usesa complex calculation to generate a number based on the data transmitted. The sendingdevice performs the calculation before transmission and includes it in the packet that itsends to the receiving device. The receiving device repeats the same calculation aftertransmission. If both devices obtain the same result, it is assumed that the transmissionwas error free. The procedure is known as a redundancy check because each transmissionincludes not only data but extra (redundant) error-checking values.

D

data communicationnetwork

A communication network used in a TMN or between TMNs to support the DataCommunication Function (DCF).

data communicationschannel

The data channel that uses the D1-D12 bytes in the overhead of an STM-N signal totransmit information on operation, management, maintenance and provision (OAM&P)between NEs. The DCC channels that are composed of bytes D1-D3 is referred to as the192 kbit/s DCC-R channel. The other DCC channel that are composed of bytes D4-D12is referred to as the 576 kbit/s DCC-M channel.

Datagram A kind of PDU which is used in Connectionless Network Protocol, such as IP datagram,UDP datagram.

DC See direct current

DC-C See DC-return common (with ground)

DC-C DC-return common (with ground)

DC-C See DC-return common (with ground)

DC-I See DC-return isolate (with ground)

DC-return common(with ground)

A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is short-circuited withthe PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet and also on the line betweenthe output of the power supply cabinet and the electric equipment.

DC-return common(with ground)

A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is short-circuited withthe PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet and also on the line betweenthe output of the power supply cabinet and the electric equipment.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

Page 147: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

DC-return isolate (withground)

A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is short-circuited withthe PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet and is isolated from the PGNDon the line between the output of the power supply cabinet and the electric equipment.

DCC See data communications channel

DCN See data communication network

DDF See digital distribution frame

DDN See digital data network

DE See discard eligible

differentiated services A service architecture that provides the end-to-end QoS function. It consists of a seriesof functional units implemented at the network nodes, including a small group of per-hop forwarding behaviors, packet classification functions, and traffic conditioningfunctions such as metering, marking, shaping and policing.

differentiated servicescode point

A marker in the header of each IP packet that prompts network routers to applydifferentiated grades of service to various packet streams. It is specified by the DiffServpolicy proposed by the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force). This allows Internet andother IP-based network service providers to offer different levels of service to customers.

DiffServ See differentiated services

digital data network A high-quality data transport tunnel that combines the digital channel (such as fiberchannel, digital microwave channel, or satellite channel) and the cross multiplextechnology.

digital distributionframe

A type of equipment used between the transmission equipment and the exchange withtransmission rate of 2 to 155 Mbit/s to provide the functions such as cables connection,cable patching, and test of loops that transmitting digital signals.

digital modulation A digital modulation controls the changes in amplitude, phase, and frequency of thecarrier based on the changes in the baseband digital signal. In this manner, theinformation can be transmitted by the carrier.

direct current Electrical current whose direction of flow does not reverse. The current may stop orchange amplitude, but it always flows in the same direction.

discard eligible A bit in the frame relay header. It indicates the priority of a packet. If a node supportsthe FR QoS, the rate of the accessed FR packets is controlled. When the packet trafficexceeds the specified traffic, the DE value of the redundant packets is set to 1. In thecase of network congestion, the packets with DE value as 1 are discarded at the node.

Distance VectorMulticast RoutingProtocol

An Internet gateway protocol mainly based on the RIP. The protocol implements a typicaldense mode IP multicast solution. The DVMRP protocol uses IGMP to exchange routingdatagrams with its neighbors.

DS boundary node A DS node that connects one DS domain to a node either in another DS domain or in adomain that is not DS-capable.

DS domain In the DifferServ mechanism, the DS domain is a domain consisting of a group ofnetwork nodes that share the same service provisioning policy and same PHB. It providespoint-to-point QoS guarantees for services transmitted over this domain.

DS interior node A DS node located at the center of a DS domain. It is a non-DS boundary node.

DS node A DS-compliant node, which is subdivided into DS boundary node and ID interior node.

DSCP See differentiated services code point

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

Page 148: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

dual-polarized antenna An antenna intended to radiate or receive simultaneously two independent radio wavesorthogonally polarized.

DVMRP See Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol

E

E-Aggr See Ethernet aggregation

E-LAN See Ethernet LAN

E-Line See Ethernet line

E-Tree See Ethernet-tree

EBS See excess burst size

ECC See embedded control channel

EF See expedited forwarding

electromagneticcompatibility

Electromagnetic compatibility is the condition which prevails when telecommunicationsequipment is performing its individually designed function in a common electromagneticenvironment without causing or suffering unacceptable degradation due to unintentionalelectromagnetic interference to or from other equipment in the same environment.

electromagneticinterference

Any electromagnetic disturbance that interrupts, obstructs, or otherwise degrades orlimits the effective performance of electronics/electrical equipment.

electrostatic discharge The sudden and momentary electric current that flows between two objects at differentelectrical potentials caused by direct contact or induced by an electrostatic field.

embedded controlchannel

A logical channel that uses a data communications channel (DCC) as its physical layer,to enable transmission of operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM)information between NEs.

EMC See electromagnetic compatibility

EMI See electromagnetic interference

Engineering label A mark on a cable, a subrack, or a cabinet for identification.

EPL See Ethernet private line

EPLAN See Ethernet private LAN service

equalization A method of avoiding selective fading of frequencies. Equalization can compensate forthe changes of amplitude frequency caused by frequency selective fading.

ERPS See Ethernet ring protection switching

ESD See electrostatic discharge

ESD jack Electrostatic discharge jack. A hole in the cabinet or shelf, which connect the shelf orcabinet to the insertion of ESD wrist strap.

Ethernet A technology complemented in LAN. It adopts Carrier Sense Multiple Access/CollisionDetection. The speed of an Ethernet interface can be 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s or 10000 Mbit/s. The Ethernet network features high reliability and easy maintaining.

Ethernet A technology complemented in LAN. It adopts Carrier Sense Multiple Access/CollisionDetection. The speed of an Ethernet interface can be 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s or 10000 Mbit/s. The Ethernet network features high reliability and easy maintaining.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

Page 149: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Ethernet aggregation A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-point EVC (Ethernet virtualconnection).

Ethernet LAN A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-multipoint EVC (Ethernetvirtual connection).

Ethernet line A type of Ethernet service that is based on a point-to-point EVC (Ethernet virtualconnection).

Ethernet private LANservice

An Ethernet service type, which carries Ethernet characteristic information over adedicated bridge, point-to-multipoint connections, provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, orMPLS server layer networks.

Ethernet private line A type of Ethernet service that is provided with dedicated bandwidth and point-to-pointconnections on an SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS server layer network.

Ethernet ringprotection switching

protection switching mechanisms for ETH layer Ethernet ring topologies.

Ethernet virtualprivate LAN service

An Ethernet service type, which carries Ethernet characteristic information over a sharedbridge, point-to-multipoint connections, provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS serverlayer networks.

Ethernet virtualprivate line

An Ethernet service type, which carries Ethernet characteristic information over sharedbandwidth, point-to-point connections, provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS serverlayer networks.

Ethernet-tree An Ethernet service type that is based on a Point-to-multipoint Ethernet VirtualConnection.

ETS European Telecommunication Standards

ETSI See European Telecommunications Standards Institute

EuropeanTelecommunicationsStandards Institute

A standards-setting body in Europe. Also the standards body responsible for GSM.

EVPL See Ethernet virtual private line

EVPLAN See Ethernet virtual private LAN service

excess burst size A parameter related to traffic. In the single rate three color marker (srTCM) mode, thetraffic control is achieved by the token buckets C and E. Excess burst size is a parameterused to define the capacity of token bucket E, that is, the maximum burst IP packet sizewhen the information is transferred at the committed information rate. This parametermust be larger than 0. It is recommended that this parameter should be not less than themaximum length of the IP packet that might be forwarded.

Exercise Switching An operation to check if the protection switching protocol functions normally. Theprotection switching is not really performed.

expansion Connecting a storage system to more disk enclosures through connection cables,expanding the capacity of the storage system.

expedited forwarding The highest order QoS in the Diff-Serv network. EF PHB is suitable for services thatdemand low packet loss ratio, short delay, and broad bandwidth. In all the cases, EFtraffic can guarantee a transmission rate equal to or faster than the set rate. The DSCPvalue of EF PHB is "101110".

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

Page 150: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

B.3 F-JThis section provides the terms starting with letters F to J.

F

failure If the fault persists long enough to consider the ability of an item with a required functionto be terminated. The item may be considered as having failed; a fault has now beendetected.

fast Ethernet Any network that supports transmission rate of 100Mbits/s. The Fast Ethernet is 10 timesfaster than 10BaseT, and inherits frame format, MAC addressing scheme, MTU, and soon. Fast Ethernet is extended from the IEEE802.3 standard, and it uses the followingthree types of transmission media: 100BASE-T4 (4 pairs of phone twisted-pair cables),100BASE-TX (2 pairs of data twisted-pair cables), and 100BASE-FX (2-core opticalfibers).

fast link pulse The link pulse that is used to encode information during automatic negotiation.

FD See frequency diversity

FDI See forward defect indication

FE See fast Ethernet

FEC See forward error correction

FFD fast failure detection

fiber patch cord A kind of fiber used for connections between the subrack and the ODF, and forconnections between subracks or inside a subrack.

field programmablegate array

A type of semi-customized circuit used in the Application Specific Integrated Circuit(ASIC) field. It is developed on the basis of the programmable components, such as thePAL, GAL, and EPLD. It not only remedies the defects of customized circuits, but alsoovercomes the disadvantage of the original programmable components in terms of thelimited number of gate arrays.

FIFO See First in First out

File Transfer Protocol A member of the TCP/IP suite of protocols, used to copy files between two computerson the Internet. Both computers must support their respective FTP roles: one must be anFTP client and the other an FTP server.

First in First out A stack management mechanism. The first saved data is first read and invoked.

Forced switch For normal traffic signals, switches normal traffic signal to the protection section, unlessan equal or higher priority switch command is in effect or SF condition exists on theprotection section, by issuing a forced switch request for that traffic signal.

forward defectindication

Forward defect indication (FDI) is generated and traced forward to the sink node of theLSP by the node that first detects defects. It includes fields to indicate the nature of thedefect and its location. Its primary purpose is to suppress alarms being raised at affectedhigher level client LSPs and (in turn) their client layers.

forward errorcorrection

A bit error correction technology that adds the correction information to the payload atthe transmit end. Based on the correction information, the bit errors generated duringtransmission are corrected at the receive end.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

Page 151: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Forwarding plane Also referred to as the data plane. The forwarding plane is connection-oriented, and canbe used in Layer 2 networks such as an ATM network.

FPGA See field programmable gate array

fragment Piece of a larger packet that has been broken down to smaller units.

Fragmentation Process of breaking a packet into smaller units when transmitting over a network mediumthat cannot support the original size of the packet.

frame A frame, starting with a header, is a string of bytes with a specified length. Frame lengthis represented by the sampling circle or the total number of bytes sampled during a circle.A header comprises one or a number of bytes with pre-specified values. In other words,a header is a code segment that reflects the distribution (diagram) of the elements pre-specified by the sending and receiving parties.

frequency diversity A diversity scheme that enables two or more microwave frequencies with a certainfrequency interval are used to transmit/receive the same signal and selection is thenperformed between the two signals to ease the impact of fading.

FTP See File Transfer Protocol

full-duplex A full-duplex, or sometimes double-duplex system, allows communication in bothdirections, and, unlike half-duplex, allows this to happen simultaneously. Land-linetelephone networks are full-duplex, since they allow both callers to speak and be heardat the same time. A good analogy for a full-duplex system would be a two-lane road withone lane for each direction.

G

gateway networkelement

A network element that is used for communication between the NE application layer andthe NM application layer

GE See gigabit Ethernet

generic framingprocedure

A framing and encapsulated method which can be applied to any data type. It has beenstandardized by ITU-T SG15.

generic traffic shaping A traffic control measure that initiatively adjusts the output speed of the traffic. This isto adapt the traffic to network resources that can be provided by the downstream routerto avoid packet discarding and congestion.

GFP See generic framing procedure

gigabit Ethernet GE adopts the IEEE 802.3z. GE is compatible with 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s Ethernet.It runs at 1000 Mbit/s. Gigabit Ethernet uses a private medium, and it does not supportcoaxial cables or other cables. It also supports the channels in the bandwidth mode. IfGigabit Ethernet is, however, deployed to be the private bandwidth system with a bridge(switch) or a router as the center, it gives full play to the performance and the bandwidth.In the network structure, Gigabit Ethernet uses full duplex links that are private, causingthe length of the links to be sufficient for backbone applications in a building and campus.

Global PositioningSystem

A global navigation satellite system. It provides reliable positioning, navigation, andtiming services to worldwide users.

GNE See gateway network element

GPS See Global Positioning System

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

Page 152: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

graphical user interface A visual computer environment that represents programs, files, and options withgraphical images, such as icons, menus, and dialog boxes, on the screen.

GTS See generic traffic shaping

GUI See graphical user interface

guide rail Components to guide, position, and support plug-in boards.

H

HA See high availability

half-duplex A transmitting mode in which a half-duplex system provides for communication in bothdirections, but only one direction at a time (not simultaneously). Typically, once a partybegins receiving a signal, it must wait for the transmitter to stop transmitting, beforereplying.

HDLC See high level data link control

hierarchical quality ofservice

A type of QoS that can control the traffic of users, and perform the scheduling accordingto the priority of user services. HQoS has a perfect traffic statistics function, and theadministrator can monitor the usage of bandwidth of each service. Hence, the bandwidthcan be allocated reasonably through traffic analysis.

high availability Typically, a scheme in which two modules operate in active/standby mode to achievehigh availability. When the active module fails, the standby module automatically takesover the system functions of the active module.

high level data linkcontrol

The HDLC protocol is a general purpose protocol which operates at the data link layerof the OSI reference model. Each piece of data is encapsulated in an HDLC frame byadding a trailer and a header.

High Speed DownlinkPacket Access

A modulating-demodulating algorithm put forward in 3GPP R5 to meet the requirementfor asymmetric uplink and downlink transmission of data services. It enables themaximum downlink data service rate to reach 14.4 Mbit/s without changing theWCDMA network topology.

higher order path In an SDH network, the higher order path layers provide a server network from the lowerorder path layers.

Hold priority The priority of the tunnel with respect to holding resources, ranging from 0 (indicatesthe highest priority) to 7. It is used to determine whether the resources occupied by thetunnel can be preempted by other tunnels.

hop A network connection between two distant nodes. For Internet operation a hop representsa small step on the route from one main computer to another.

hot standby A mechanism of ensuring device running security. The environment variables andstorage information of each running device are synchronized to the standby device. Whenthe faults occur on the running device, the standby device can take over the services inthe faulty device in automatic or manual way to ensure the normal running of the entiresystem.

HP See higher order path

HQoS See hierarchical quality of service

HSB See hot standby

HSDPA See High Speed Downlink Packet Access

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

Page 153: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

HSM hitless switch mode

HTB high tributary bus

hybrid radio The hybrid transmission of Native E1 and Native Ethernet signals. Hybrid radio supportsthe AM function.

I

ICMP See Internet Control Message Protocol

IDU See indoor unit

IEC See International Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE See Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF See Internet Engineering Task Force

IF See intermediate frequency

IGMP See Internet Group Management Protocol

IGMP snooping A multicast constraint mechanism running on a layer 2 device. This protocol managesand controls the multicast group by listening to and analyze the Internet GroupManagement Protocol (IGMP) packet between hosts and layer 3 devices. In this manner,the spread of the multicast data on layer 2 network can be prevented efficiently.

IMA See inverse multiplexing over ATM

indoor unit The indoor unit of the split-structured radio equipment. It implements accessing,multiplexing/demultiplexing, and IF processing for services.

Inloop A method of looping the signals from the cross-connect unit back to the cross-connectunit.

Institute of Electricaland ElectronicsEngineers

A society of engineering and electronics professionals based in the United States butboasting membership from numerous other countries. The IEEE focuses on electrical,electronics, computer engineering, and science-related matters.

intermediate frequency The transitional frequency between the frequencies of a modulated signal and an RFsignal.

Intermediate System The basic unit in the IS-IS protocol used to transmit routing information and generateroutes.

Intermediate System toIntermediate Systemrouting protocol

A protocol used by network devices (routers) to determine the best way to forwarddatagrams or packets through a packet-based network, a process called routing.

internal spanning tree A segment of CIST in a certain MST region. An IST is a special MSTI whose ID is 0.

InternationalElectrotechnicalCommission

The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) is an international and non-governmental standards organization dealing with electrical and electronic standards.

InternationalOrganization forStandardization

An international association that works to establish global standards for communicationsand information exchange. Primary among its accomplishments is the widely acceptedISO/OSI reference model, which defines standards for the interaction of computersconnected by communications networks.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

Page 154: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

InternationalTelecommunicationUnion-TelecommunicationStandardization Sector

An international body that develops worldwide standards for telecommunicationstechnologies. These standards are grouped together in series which are prefixed with aletter indicating the general subject and a number specifying the particular standard. Forexample, X.25 comes from the "X" series which deals with data networks and opensystem communications and number "25" deals with packet switched networks.

Internet ControlMessage Protocol

A network-layer (ISO/OSI level 3) Internet protocol that provides error correction andother information relevant to IP packet processing. For example, it can let the IP softwareon one machine inform another machine about an unreachable destination. See alsocommunications protocol, IP, ISO/OSI reference model, packet (definition 1).

Internet EngineeringTask Force

A worldwide organization of individuals interested in networking and the Internet.Managed by the Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG), the IETF is charged withstudying technical problems facing the Internet and proposing solutions to the InternetArchitecture Board (IAB). The work of the IETF is carried out by various working groupsthat concentrate on specific topics, such as routing and security. The IETF is the publisherof the specifications that led to the TCP/IP protocol standard.

Internet GroupManagement Protocol

The protocol for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups amongthe TCP/IP protocols. It is used by IP hosts and adjacent multicast routers to establishand maintain multicast group memberships.

Internet Protocol The TCP/IP standard protocol that defines the IP packet as the unit of information sentacross an internet and provides the basis for connectionless, best-effort packet deliveryservice. IP includes the ICMP control and error message protocol as an integral part. Theentire protocol suite is often referred to as TCP/IP because TCP and IP are the twofundamental protocols. IP is standardized in RFC 791.

Internet protocolversion 6

A update version of IPv4. It is also called IP Next Generation (IPng). The specificationsand standardizations provided by it are consistent with the Internet Engineering TaskForce (IETF). IPv6 is also called. It is a new version of the Internet Protocol, designedas the successor to IPv4. The difference between IPv6 and IPv4 is that an IPv4 addresshas 32 bits while an IPv6 address has 128 bits.

Internet protocolversion 6

A update version of IPv4. It is also called IP Next Generation (IPng). The specificationsand standardizations provided by it are consistent with the Internet Engineering TaskForce (IETF). IPv6 is also called. It is a new version of the Internet Protocol, designedas the successor to IPv4. The difference between IPv6 and IPv4 is that an IPv4 addresshas 32 bits while an IPv6 address has 128 bits.

inverse multiplexingover ATM

The ATM inverse multiplexing technique involves inverse multiplexing and de-multiplexing of ATM cells in a cyclical fashion among links grouped to form a higherbandwidth logical link whose rate is approximately the sum of the link rates. This isreferred to as an IMA group.

IP See Internet Protocol

IPV6 See Internet protocol version 6

IPv6 See Internet protocol version 6

IS-IS See Intermediate System to Intermediate System routing protocol

ISO See International Organization for Standardization

IST See internal spanning tree

ITU-T See International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication StandardizationSector

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

Page 155: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

J

Jitter Short waveform variations caused by vibration, voltage fluctuations, and control systeminstability.

B.4 K-OThis section provides the terms starting with letters K to O.

L

L2VPN See Layer 2 virtual private network

label switched path A sequence of hops (R0...Rn) in which a packet travels from R0 to Rn through labelswitching mechanisms. A label-switched path can be chosen dynamically, based onnormal routing mechanisms, or through configuration.

label switching router Basic element of MPLS network. All LSRs support the MPLS protocol. The LSR iscomposed of two parts: control unit and forwarding unit. The former is responsible forallocating the label, selecting the route, creating the label forwarding table, creating andremoving the label switch path; the latter forwards the labels according to groupsreceived in the label forwarding table.

LACP See Link Aggregation Control Protocol

LAG See link aggregation group

LAN See local area network

LAN See local area network

LAPS link access protocol-SDH

Laser A component that generates directional optical waves of narrow wavelengths. The laserlight has better coherence than ordinary light. The fiber system takes the semi-conductorlaser as the light source.

layer 2 switch A data forwarding method. In LAN, a network bridge or 802.3 Ethernet switch transmitsand distributes packet data based on the MAC address. Since the MAC address is thesecond layer of the OSI model, this data forwarding method is called layer 2 switch.

Layer 2 virtual privatenetwork

A virtual private network achieved by Layer 2 switching technologies in the packetswitched (IP/MPLS) network.

LB See loopback

LCAS See link capacity adjustment scheme

LCT local craft terminal

line rate The maximum packet forwarding capacity on a cable. The value of line rate equals themaximum transmission rate capable on a given type of media.

line rate forwarding The line rate equals the maximum transmission rate capable on a given type of media.

Link AggregationControl Protocol

A method of bundling a group of physical interfaces together as a logical interface toincrease bandwidth and reliability. For related protocols and standards, refer to IEEE802.3ad.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

Page 156: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

link aggregation group An aggregation that allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a linkaggregation group so that a MAC client can treat the link aggregation group as if it werea single link.

link capacityadjustment scheme

LCAS in the virtual concatenation source and sink adaptation functions provides acontrol mechanism to hitlessly increase or decrease the capacity of a link to meet thebandwidth needs of the application. It also provides a means of removing member linksthat have experienced failure. The LCAS assumes that in cases of capacity initiation,increases or decreases, the construction or destruction of the end-to-end path is theresponsibility of the Network and Element Management Systems.

Link Protection Protection provided by the bypass tunnel for the link on the working tunnel. The link isa downstream link adjacent to the PLR. When the PLR fails to provide node protection,the link protection should be provided.

LMSP linear multiplex section protection

local area network A network formed by the computers and workstations within the coverage of a few squarekilometers or within a single building. It features high speed and low error rate. Ethernet,FDDI, and Token Ring are three technologies used to implement a LAN. Current LANsare generally based on switched Ethernet or Wi-Fi technology and running at 1,000 Mbit/s (that is, 1 Gbit/s).

local area network A network formed by the computers and workstations within the coverage of a few squarekilometers or within a single building. It features high speed and low error rate. Ethernet,FDDI, and Token Ring are three technologies used to implement a LAN. Current LANsare generally based on switched Ethernet or Wi-Fi technology and running at 1,000 Mbit/s (that is, 1 Gbit/s).

Locked switching When the switching condition is satisfied, this function disables the service from beingswitched from the working channel to the protection channel. When the service has beenswitched, the function enables the service to be restored from the protection channel tothe working channel.

LOF See Loss Of Frame

LOM loss of multiframe

loopback A troubleshooting technique that returns a transmitted signal to its source so that thesignal or message can be analyzed for errors.

LOP See loss of pointer

LOS See Loss Of Signal

Loss Of Frame A condition at the receiver or a maintenance signal transmitted in the PHY overheadindicating that the receiving equipment has lost frame delineation. This is used to monitorthe performance of the PHY layer.

loss of pointer Loss of Pointer: A condition at the receiver or a maintenance signal transmitted in thePHY overhead indicating that the receiving equipment has lost the pointer to the start ofcell in the payload. This is used to monitor the performance of the PHY layer.

Loss Of Signal Loss of signal (LOS) indicates that there are no transitions occurring in the receivedsignal.

LP lower order path

LPT link-state pass through

LSP See label switched path

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

Page 157: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

LSR See label switching router

M

MA See maintenance association

MAC See media access control

MAC See media access control

MADM multiple add/drop multiplexer

main topology A interface that displays the connection relationships of NEs on the NMS (screendisplay). The default client interface of the NMS, a basic component of the human-machine interactive interface. The topology clearly shows the structure of the network,the alarms of different NEs, subnets in the network, the communication status as well asthe basic network operation status. All topology management functions are accessedhere.

maintenanceassociation

That portion of a Service Instance, preferably all of it or as much as possible, theconnectivity of which is maintained by CFM. It is also a full mesh of MaintenanceEntities.

maintenanceassociation end point

A MEP is an actively managed CFM Entity, associated with a specific DSAP of a ServiceInstance, which can generate and receive CFM frames and track any responses. It is anend point of a single Maintenance Association, and terminates a separate MaintenanceEntity for each of the other MEPs in the same Maintenance Association.

maintenance domain The network or the part of the network for which connectivity is managed by CFM. Thedevices in an MD are managed by a single ISP.

maintenance point Maintenance Point (MP) is one of either a MEP or a MIP.

managementinformation base

A type of database used for managing the devices in a communications network. Itcomprises a collection of objects in a (virtual) database used to manage entities (such asrouters and switches) in a network.

manual switch Switches normal traffic signal to the protection section, unless a failure condition existson other sections (including the protection section) or an equal or higher priority switchcommand is in effect, by issuing a manual switch request for that normal traffic signal.

maximum transmissionunit

The largest packet of data that can be transmitted on a network. MTU size varies,depending on the network—576 bytes on X.25 networks, for example, 1500 bytes onEthernet, and 17,914 bytes on 16 Mbps Token Ring. Responsibility for determining thesize of the MTU lies with the link layer of the network. When packets are transmittedacross networks, the path MTU, or PMTU, represents the smallest packet size (the onethat all networks can transmit without breaking up the packet) among the networksinvolved.

MBS maximum burst size

MCF See message communication function

MD See maintenance domain

MDI See medium dependent interface

Mean Time BetweenFailures

The average time between consecutive failures of a piece of equipment. It is a measureof the reliability of the system.

Mean Time To Repair The average time that a device will take to recover from a failure.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

Page 158: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

media access control A protocol at the media access control sublayer. The protocol is at the lower part of thedata link layer in the OSI model and is mainly responsible for controlling and connectingthe physical media at the physical layer. When transmitting data, the MAC protocolchecks whether to be able to transmit data. If the data can be transmitted, certain controlinformation is added to the data, and then the data and the control information aretransmitted in a specified format to the physical layer. When receiving data, the MACprotocol checks whether the information is correct and whether the data is transmittedcorrectly. If the information is correct and the data is transmitted correctly, the controlinformation is removed from the data and then the data is transmitted to the LLC layer.

media access control A protocol at the media access control sublayer. The protocol is at the lower part of thedata link layer in the OSI model and is mainly responsible for controlling and connectingthe physical media at the physical layer. When transmitting data, the MAC protocolchecks whether to be able to transmit data. If the data can be transmitted, certain controlinformation is added to the data, and then the data and the control information aretransmitted in a specified format to the physical layer. When receiving data, the MACprotocol checks whether the information is correct and whether the data is transmittedcorrectly. If the information is correct and the data is transmitted correctly, the controlinformation is removed from the data and then the data is transmitted to the LLC layer.

medium dependentinterface

The electrical and mechanical interface between the equipment and the mediatransmission.

MEP See maintenance association end point

MEP maintenance end point

messagecommunicationfunction

The MCF is composed of a protocol stack that allows exchange of managementinformation with their prs.

MIB See management information base

MIP maintenance intermediate point

mounting ear A piece of angle plate with holes in it on a rack. It is used to fix network elements orcomponents.

MP See maintenance point

MPID maintenance point identification

MPLS See Multiprotocol Label Switching

MPLS L2VPN The MPLS L2VPN provides the Layer 2 VPN service based on an MPLS network. Inthis case, on a uniform MPLS network, the carrier is able to provide Layer 2 VPNs ofdifferent media types, such as ATM, FR, VLAN, Ethernet, and PPP.

MPLS OAM The MPLS OAM provides continuity check for a single LSP, and provides a set of faultdetection tools and fault correct mechanisms for MPLS networks. The MPLS OAM andrelevant protection switching components implement the detection function for the CR-LSP forwarding plane, and perform the protection switching in 50 ms after a fault occurs.In this way, the impact of a fault can be lowered to the minimum.

MPLS TE See multiprotocol label switching traffic engineering

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

Page 159: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

MPLS TE tunnel In the case of reroute deployment, or when traffic needs to be transported throughmultiple trails, multiple LSP tunnels might be used. In traffic engineering, such a groupof LSP tunnels are referred to as TE tunnels. An LSP tunnel of this kind has twoidentifiers. One is the Tunnel ID carried by the SENDER object, and is used to uniquelydefine the TE tunnel. The other is the LSP ID carried by the SENDER_TEMPLATE orFILTER_SPEC object.

MS See multiplex section

MSP See multiplex section protection

MSTP See Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol

MTBF See Mean Time Between Failures

MTTR See Mean Time To Repair

MTU See maximum transmission unit

Multicast A process of transmitting packets of data from one source to many destinations. Thedestination address of the multicast packet uses Class D address, that is, the IP addressranges from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. Each multicast address represents a multicastgroup rather than a host.

Multiple SpanningTree Protocol

Multiple spanning tree protocol. The MSTP can be used in a loop network. Using analgorithm, the MSTP blocks redundant paths so that the loop network can be trimmedas a tree network. In this case, the proliferation and endless cycling of packets is avoidedin the loop network. The protocol that introduces the mapping between VLANs andmultiple spanning trees. This solves the problem that data cannot be normally forwardedin a VLAN because in STP/RSTP, only one spanning tree corresponds to all the VLANs.

multiplex section The trail between and including two multiplex section trail termination functions.

multiplex sectionprotection

A function, which is performed to provide capability for switching a signal between andincluding two multiplex section termination (MST) functions, from a "working" to a"protection" channel.

Multiprotocol LabelSwitching

A technology that uses short tags of fixed length to encapsulate packets in different linklayers, and provides connection-oriented switching for the network layer on the basis ofIP routing and control protocols. It improves the cost performance and expandability ofnetworks, and is beneficial to routing.

multiprotocol labelswitching trafficengineering

N/A

N

N+1 protection A radio link protection system composed of N working channels and one protectionchannel.

NE See network element

NE Explorer The main operation interface, of the NMS, which is used to manage thetelecommunication equipment. In the NE Explorer, the user can query, manage andmaintain the NE, boards, and ports on a per-NE basis.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

Page 160: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

network element A network element (NE) contains both the hardware and the software running on it. OneNE is at least equipped with one system control and communication(SCC) board whichmanages and monitors the entire network element. The NE software runs on the SCCboard.

Network ManagementSystem

A system in charge of the operation, administration, and maintenance of a network.

network service accesspoint

A network address defined by ISO, through which entities on the network layer canaccess OSI network services.

network to networkinterface

An internal interface within a network linking two or more elements.

next hop The next router to which a packet is sent from any given router as it traverses a networkon its journey to its final destination.

NLP normal link pulse

NMS See Network Management System

NNI See network to network interface

node A node stands for a managed device in the network. For a device with a single frame,one node stands for one device. For a device with multiple frames, one node stands forone frame of the device. Therefore, a node does not always mean a device.

Node Protection A parameter of the FRR protection. It indicates that the bypass tunnel should be able toprotect the downstream node that is involved in the working tunnel and adjacent to thePLR. The node cannot be a merge point, and the bypass tunnel should also be able toprotect the downstream link that is involved in the working tunnel and adjacent to thePLR.

non-gateway networkelement

A network element whose communication with the NM application layer must betransferred by the gateway network element application layer.

non-GNE See non-gateway network element

NSAP See network service access point

NSF not stop forwarding

O

OAM See operation, administration and maintenance

ODF See optical distribution frame

ODU See outdoor unit

OM Operation and maintenance

One-to-One Backup A local repair method in which a backup tunnel is separately created for each protectedtunnel at a PLR.

open shortest path first A link-state, hierarchical interior gateway protocol (IGP) for network routing. Dijkstra'salgorithm is used to calculate the shortest path tree. It uses cost as its routing metric. Alink state database is constructed of the network topology which is identical on all routersin the area.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

Page 161: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Open SystemsInterconnection

A framework of ISO standards for communication between different systems made bydifferent vendors, in which the communications process is organized into seven differentcategories that are placed in a layered sequence based on their relationship to the user.Each layer uses the layer immediately below it and provides a service to the layer above.Layers 7 through 4 deal with end-to-end communication between the message sourceand destination, and layers 3 through 1 deal with network functions.

operation,administration andmaintenance

A group of network support functions that monitor and sustain segment operation,activities that are concerned with, but not limited to, failure detection, notification,location, and repairs that are intended to eliminate faults and keep a segment in anoperational state and support activities required to provide the services of a subscriberaccess network to users/subscribers.

optic fiber connector A device installed at the end of a fiber, optical source or receive unit. It is used to couplethe optical wave to the fiber when connected to another device of the same type. Aconnector can either connect two fiber ends or connect a fiber end and an optical source(or a detector).+

optical distributionframe

A frame which is used to transfer and spool fibers.

orderwire A channel that provides voice communication between operation engineers ormaintenance engineers of different stations.

OSI See Open Systems Interconnection

OSPF See open shortest path first

outdoor unit The outdoor unit of the split-structured radio equipment. It implements frequencyconversion and amplification for RF signals.

Outloop A method of looping back the input signals received at a port to an output port withoutchanging the structure of the signals.

Output optical power The ranger of optical energy level of output signals.

B.5 P-TThis section provides the terms starting with letters P to T.

P

packet switchednetwork

A telecommunication network which works in packet switching mode.

Packing case A case which is used for packing the board or subrack.

Path A performance resource object defined in the network management system. The left endof a path is a device node whose port needs to be specified and the right end of a path isa certain IP address which can be configured by the user. By defining a path in thenetwork management system, a user can test the performance of a network path betweena device port and an IP address. The tested performance may be the path delay, packetloss ratio or other aspects.

PBS See peak burst size

PCB See printed circuit board

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

Page 162: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

PCI bus PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) bus. A high performance bus, 32-bit or 64-bitfor interconnecting chips, expansion boards, and processor/memory subsystems.

PDH See plesiochronous digital hierarchy

PDU See protocol data unit

PE See provider edge

peak burst size A parameter used to define the capacity of token bucket P, that is, the maximum burstIP packet size when the information is transferred at the peak information rate. Thisparameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that this parameter should be notless than the maximum length of the IP packet that might be forwarded.

peak information rate A traffic parameter, expressed in bit/s, whose value should be not less than the committedinformation rate.

penultimate hoppopping

Penultimate Hop Popping (PHP) is a function performed by certain routers in an MPLSenabled network. It refers to the process whereby the outermost label of an MPLS taggedpacket is removed by a Label Switched Router (LSR) before the packet is passed to anadjacent Label Edge Router (LER).

per-hop behavior IETF Diff-Serv workgroup defines forwarding behaviors of network nodes as per-hopbehaviors (PHB), such as, traffic scheduling and policing. A device in the network shouldselect the proper PHB behaviors, based on the value of DSCP. At present, the IETFdefines four types of PHB. They are class selector (CS), expedited forwarding (EF),assured forwarding (AF), and best-effort (BE).

PHB See per-hop behavior

PHP See penultimate hop popping

PIR See peak information rate

PLA physical link aggregation

plesiochronous digitalhierarchy

A multiplexing scheme of bit stuffing and byte interleaving. It multiplexes the minimumrate 64 kit/s into the 2 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 140 Mbit/s, and 565 Mbit/s rates.

Point-to-Point Protocol A protocol on the data link layer, provides point-to-point transmission and encapsulatesdata packets on the network layer. It is located in layer 2 of the IP protocol stack.

polarization A kind of electromagnetic wave, the direction of whose electric field vector is fixed orrotates regularly. Specifically, if the electric field vector of the electromagnetic wave isperpendicular to the plane of horizon, this electromagnetic wave is called verticallypolarized wave; if the electric field vector of the electromagnetic wave is parallel to theplane of horizon, this electromagnetic wave is called horizontal polarized wave; if thetip of the electric field vector, at a fixed point in space, describes a circle, thiselectromagnetic wave is called circularly polarized wave.

Power box A direct current power distribution box at the upper part of a cabinet, which suppliespower for the subracks in the cabinet.

PPP See Point-to-Point Protocol

PQ See priority queue

PRBS See pseudo random binary sequence

PRC primary reference clock

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

Page 163: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

printed circuit board A board used to mechanically support and electrically connect electronic componentsusing conductive pathways, tracks, or traces, etched from copper sheets laminated ontoa non-conductive substrate.

priority queue An abstract data type in computer programming that supports the following threeoperations: (1) InsertWithPriority: add an element to the queue with an associatedpriority (2) GetNext: remove the element from the queue that has the highest priority,and return it (also known as "PopElement(Off)", or "GetMinimum") (3) PeekAtNext(optional): look at the element with highest priority without removing it

protection groundcable

A cable which connects the equipment and the protection ground bar. Usually, one halfof the cable is yellow; while the other half is green.

Protection path A specific path that is part of a protection group and is labeled protection.

protocol data unit It is a data packet at the network layer of the OSI model.

provider edge A device that is located in the backbone network of the MPLS VPN structure. A PE isresponsible for VPN user management, establishment of LSPs between PEs, andexchange of routing information between sites of the same VPN. During the process, aPE performs the mapping and forwarding of packets between the private network andthe public channel. A PE can be a UPE, an SPE, or an NPE.

pseudo random binarysequence

A sequence that is random in a sense that the value of an element is independent of thevalues of any of the other elements, similar to real random sequences.

pseudo wire An emulated connection between two PEs for transmitting frames. The PW is establishedand maintained by PEs through signaling protocols. The status information of a PW ismaintained by the two end PEs of a PW.

pseudo wire emulationedge-to-edge

A type of end-to-end Layer 2 transmitting technology. It emulates the essential attributesof a telecommunication service such as ATM, FR or Ethernet in a Packet SwitchedNetwork (PSN). PWE3 also emulates the essential attributes of low speed Time DivisionMultiplexed (TDM) circuit and SONET/SDH. The simulation approximates to the realsituation.

PSN See packet switched network

PTN packet transport network

PW See pseudo wire

PWE3 See pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge

Q

QinQ A layer 2 tunnel protocol based on IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation. It encapsulates the tagof the user's private virtual local area network (VLAN) into the tag of the public VLAN.The packet carries two layers of tags to travel through the backbone network of thecarrier. In this manner, the layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) is provided for the user.

QoS See quality of service

QPSK See quadrature phase shift keying

quadrature phase shiftkeying

A modulation method of data transmission through the conversion or modulation andthe phase determination of the reference signals (carrier). It is also called the fourth periodor 4-phase PSK or 4-PSK. QPSK uses four dots in the star diagram. The four dots areevenly distributed on a circle. On these phases, each QPSK character can perform two-bit coding and display the codes in Gray code on graph with the minimum BER.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

Page 164: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

quality of service A commonly-used performance indicator of a telecommunication system or channel.Depending on the specific system and service, it may relate to jitter, delay, packet lossratio, bit error ratio, and signal-to-noise ratio. It functions to measure the quality of thetransmission system and the effectiveness of the services, as well as the capability of aservice provider to meet the demands of users.

R

radio frequency A type of electric current in the wireless network using AC antennas to create anelectromagnetic field. It is the abbreviation of high-frequency AC electromagnetic wave.The AC with the frequency lower than 1 kHz is called low-frequency current. The ACwith frequency higher than 10 kHz is called high-frequency current. RF can be classifiedinto such high-frequency current.

radio networkcontroller

A device in the RNS which is in charge of controlling the use and the integrity of theradio resources.

random early detection A packet loss algorithm used in congestion avoidance. It discards the packet accordingto the specified higher limit and lower limit of a queue so that global TCP synchronizationresulted in traditional Tail-Drop can be prevented.

Rapid Spanning TreeProtocol

An evolution of the Spanning Tree Protocol, providing for faster spanning treeconvergence after a topology change. The RSTP protocol is backward compatible withthe STP protocol.

RDI See remote defect indication

received signal level The signal level at a receiver input terminal.

Received SignalStrength Indicator

The received wide band power, including thermal noise and noise generated in thereceiver, within the bandwidth defined by the receiver pulse shaping filter, for TDDwithin a specified timeslot. The reference point for the measurement shall be the antenna

Receiver Sensitivity Receiver sensitivity is defined as the minimum acceptable value of average receivedpower at point R to achieve a 1 x 10-12 BER (The FEC is open).

RED See random early detection

Reed-Solomon-Code A forward error correction code located before interleaving that enables correction oferrors induced by burst noise. Widely used error correction scheme to fight transmissionerrors at the receiver site.

REI See remote error indication

remote defectindication

A signal transmitted at the first opportunity in the outgoing direction when a terminaldetects specific defects in the incoming signal.

remote error indication A remote error indication (REI) is sent upstream to signal an error condition. There aretwo types of REI alarms: Remote error indication line (REI-L) is sent to the upstreamLTE when errors are detected in the B2 byte. Remote error indication path (REI-P) issent to the upstream PTE when errors are detected in the B3 byte.

Request For Comments A document in which a standard, a protocol, or other information pertaining to theoperation of the Internet is published. The RFC is actually issued, under the control ofthe IAB, after discussion and serves as the standard. RFCs can be obtained from sourcessuch as InterNIC.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

Page 165: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Resource ReservationProtocol

The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) is designed for Integrated Service and isused to reserve resources on every node along a path. RSVP operates on the transportlayer; however, RSVP does not transport application data. RSVP is a network controlprotocol like Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP).

reverse pressure A traffic control method. In telecommunication, when detecting that the transmit endtransmits a large volume of traffic, the receive end sends signals to ask the transmit endto slow down the transmission rate.

RF See radio frequency

RFC See Request For Comments

RIP See Routing Information Protocol

RMON remote network monitoring

RMON remote network monitoring

RNC See radio network controller

Root alarm An alarm directly caused by anomaly events or faults in the network. Some lower-levelalarms always accompany a root alarm.

route A route is the path that network traffic takes from its source to its destination. In a TCP/IP network, each IP packet is routed independently. Routes can change dynamically.

route table A mapping table that stores the relationship between the original address, destinationaddress, short message (SM) protocol type and account. The SMSC delivers an SM tothe designated account according to the information set in the route table.

Routing InformationProtocol

A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a routebased on the smallest hop count between source and destination. RIP is a distance vectorprotocol that routinely broadcasts routing information to its neighboring routers and isknown to waste bandwidth.

routing table A table that stores and updates the locations (addresses) of network devices. Routersregularly share routing table information to be up to date. A router relies on thedestination address and on the information in the table that gives the possible routes--inhops or in number of jumps--between itself, intervening routers, and the destination.Routing tables are updated frequently as new information is available.

RSL See received signal level

RSSI See Received Signal Strength Indicator

RSTP See Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

RSVP See Resource Reservation Protocol

RTN radio transmission node

S

SD See space diversity

SDH See synchronous digital hierarchy

SEMF See synchronous equipment management function

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

Page 166: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

service level agreement A service contract between a customer and a service provider that specifies theforwarding service a customer should receive. A customer may be a user organization(source domain) or another differentiated services domain (upstream domain). A SLAmay include traffic conditioning rules which constitute a traffic conditioning agreementas a whole or partially.

Service LevelAgreement *

A management-documented agreement that defines the relationship between serviceprovider and its customer. It also provides specific, quantifiable information aboutmeasuring and evaluating the delivery of services. The SLA details the specific operatingand support requirements for each service provided. It protects the service provider andcustomer and allows the service provider to provide evidence that it has achieved thedocumented target measure.

SES See severely errored second

Setup Priority The priority of the tunnel with respect to obtaining resources, ranging from 0 (indicatesthe highest priority) to 7. It is used to determine whether the tunnel can preempt theresources required by other backup tunnels.

severely errored second A one-second period which has a bit error ratio ≥ X 10-3 or at least one defect. Timeinterval of one second during which a given digital signal is received with an error ratiogreater than 1 X 10 -3 (Rec. ITU R F. 592 needs correction).

SF See signal fail

SFP See small form-factor pluggable

side trough The trough on the side of the cable rack, which is used to place nuts so as to fix thecabinet.

signal cable Common signal cables cover the E1 cable, network cable, and other non-subscribersignal cable.

signal fail A signal that indicates the associated data has failed in the sense that a near-end defectcondition (non-degrade defect) is active.

signal to noise ratio The ratio of the amplitude of the desired signal to the amplitude of noise signals at agiven point in time. SNR is expressed as 10 times the logarithm of the power ratio andis usually expressed in dB (Decibel).

Simple NetworkManagement Protocol

A network management protocol of TCP/IP. It enables remote users to view and modifythe management information of a network element. This protocol ensures thetransmission of management information between any two points. The pollingmechanism is adopted to provide basic function sets. According to SNMP, agents, whichcan be hardware as well as software, can monitor the activities of various devices on thenetwork and report these activities to the network console workstation. Controlinformation about each device is maintained by a management information block.

simplex Designating or pertaining to a method of operation in which information can betransmitted in either direction, but not simultaneously, between two points.

SLA See service level agreement

SLA* See Service Level Agreement *

Slicing To divide data into the information units proper for transmission.

small form-factorpluggable

A specification for a new generation of optical modular transceivers.

SNC See subnetwork connection

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

Page 167: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

SNCP See subnetwork connection protection

SNMP See Simple Network Management Protocol

SNR See signal to noise ratio

space diversity A diversity scheme that enables two or more antennas separated by a specific distanceto transmit/receive the same signal and selection is then performed between the twosignals to ease the impact of fading. Currently, only receive SD is used.

Spanning Tree Protocol STP is a protocol that is used in the LAN to remove the loop. STP applies to the redundantnetwork to block some undesirable redundant paths through certain algorithms and prunea loop network into a loop-free tree network.

SSM See Synchronization Status Message

static virtual circuit Static virtual circuit. A static implementation of MPLS L2VPN that transfers L2VPNinformation by manual configuration of VC labels, instead of by a signaling protocol.

Statistical multiplexing A multiplexing technique whereby information from multiple logical channels can betransmitted across a single physical channel. It dynamically allocates bandwidth only toactive input channels, to make better use of available bandwidth and allow more devicesto be connected than with other multiplexing techniques. Compare with TDM.

STM See Synchronous Transport Module

STM-1 See synchronous transport mode-1

STM-N See synchronous transport module of order N

STP See Spanning Tree Protocol

sub-network Sub-network is the logical entity in the transmission network and comprises a group ofnetwork management objects. The network that consists of a group of interconnected orcorrelated NEs, according to different functions. For example, protection subnet, clocksubnet and so on. A sub-network can contain NEs and other sub-networks. Generally, asub-network is used to contain the equipment located in adjacent regions and closelyrelated with one another, and it is indicated with a sub-network icon on a topologicalview. The U2000 supports multilevels of sub-networks. A sub-network planning canbetter the organization of a network view. On the one hand, the view space can be saved,on the other hand, it helps the network management personnel focus on the equipmentunder their management.

subnet mask The technique used by the IP protocol to determine which network segment packets aredestined for. The subnet mask is a binary pattern that is stored in the client machine,server or router and is matched with the IP address.

subnetwork connection A "transport entity" that transfers information across a subnetwork, it is formed by theassociation of "ports" on the boundary of the subnetwork.

subnetwork connectionprotection

A function, which allows a working subnetwork connection to be replaced by a protectionsubnetwork connection if the working subnetwork connection fails, or if its performancefalls below a required level.

SVC See static virtual circuit

switch To filter, forward frames based on label or the destination address of each frame. Thisbehavior operates at the data link layer of the OSI model.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

Page 168: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

Synchronization StatusMessage

A message that carries quality levels of timing signals on a synchronous timing link.Nodes on an SDH network and a synchronization network acquire upstream clockinformation through this message. Then the nodes can perform proper operations on theirclocks, such as tracing, switching, or converting to holdoff, and forward thesynchronization information to downstream nodes.

synchronous digitalhierarchy

A transmission scheme that follows ITU-T G.707, G.708, and G.709. It defines thetransmission features of digital signals such as frame structure, multiplexing mode,transmission rate level, and interface code. SDH is an important part of ISDN and B-ISDN. It interleaves the bytes of low-speed signals to multiplex the signals to high-speedcounterparts, and the line coding of scrambling is used only for signals. SDH is suitablefor the fiber communication system with high speed and a large capacity since it usessynchronous multiplexing and flexible mapping structure.

synchronousequipmentmanagement function

The SEMF converts performance data and implementation specific hardware alarms intoobject-oriented messages for transmission over DCCs and/or a Q interface.

synchronous transportmode-1

Synchronous Transfer Mode at 155 Mbit/s.

SynchronousTransport Module

An STM is the information structure used to support section layer connections in theSDH. It consists of information payload and Section Overhead (SOH) information fieldsorganized in a block frame structure which repeats every 125. The information is suitablyconditioned for serial transmission on the selected media at a rate which is synchronizedto the network. A basic STM is defined at 155 520 kbit/s. This is termed STM-1. Highercapacity STMs are formed at rates equivalent to N times this basic rate. STM capacitiesfor N = 4, N = 16 and N = 64 are defined; higher values are under consideration.

synchronous transportmodule of order N

A STM-N is the information structure used to support section layer connections in SDH.See ITU-T Recommendation G. 707 for STM modules of order 1, 4, 16 and 64.

T

tail drop A type of QoS. When a queue within a network router reaches its maximum length,packet drops can occur. When a packet drop occurs, connection-based protocols such asTCP slow down their transmission rates in an attempt to let queued packets be serviced,thereby letting the queue empty. This is also known as tail drop because packets aredropped from the input end (tail) of the queue.

Tail drop A congestion management mechanism, in which packets arrive later are discarded whenthe queue is full. This policy of discarding packets may result in network-widesynchronization due to the TCP slow startup mechanism.

TCI tag control information

TCP See Transmission Control Protocol

TDM See time division multiplexing

TE See traffic engineering

TEDB See traffic engineering database

TelecommunicationManagement Network

A protocol model defined by ITU-T for managing open systems in a communicationsnetwork. An architecture for management, including planning, provisioning, installation,maintenance, operation and administration of telecommunications equipment, networksand services.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

Page 169: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

TIM trace identifier mismatch

time divisionmultiplexing

A multiplexing technology. TDM divides the sampling cycle of a channel into time slots(TSn, n=0, 1, 2, 3, ...), and the sampling value codes of multiple signals engross timeslots in a certain order, forming multiple multiplexing digital signals to be transmittedover one channel.

time to live A technique used in best-effort delivery systems to prevent packets that loop endlessly.The TTL is set by the sender to the maximum time the packet is allowed to be in thenetwork. Each router in the network decrements the TTL field when the packet arrives,and discards any packet if the TTL counter reaches zero.

TMN See Telecommunication Management Network

ToS priority A ToS sub-field (the bits 0 to 2 in the ToS field) in the ToS field of the IP packet header.

TPS See tributary protection switch

traffic engineering A technology that is used to dynamically monitor the traffic of the network and the loadof the network elements, to adjust in real time the parameters such as traffic managementparameters, route parameters and resource restriction parameters, and to optimize theutilization of network resources. The purpose is to prevent the congestion caused byunbalanced loads.

traffic engineeringdatabase

TEDB is the abbreviation of the traffic engineering database. MPLS TE needs to knowthe features of the dynamic TE of every links by expanding the current IGP, which usesthe link state algorithm, such as OSPF and IS-IS. The expanded OSPF and IS-IS containsome TE features, such as the link bandwidth and color. The maximum reservedbandwidth of the link and the unreserved bandwidth of every link with priority are ratherimportant. Every router collects the information about TE of every links in its area andgenerates TE DataBase. TEDB is the base of forming the dynamic TE path in the MPLSTE network.

Traffic shaping It is a way of controlling the network traffic from a computer to optimize or guaranteethe performance and minimize the delay. It actively adjusts the output speed of trafficin the scenario that the traffic matches network resources provided by the lower layerdevices, avoiding packet loss and congestion.

Transmission ControlProtocol

The protocol within TCP/IP that governs the breakup of data messages into packets tobe sent via IP (Internet Protocol), and the reassembly and verification of the completemessages from packets received by IP. A connection-oriented, reliable protocol (reliablein the sense of ensuring error-free delivery), TCP corresponds to the transport layer inthe ISO/OSI reference model.

tributary protectionswitch

Tributary protection switching, a function provided by the equipment, is intended toprotect N tributary processing boards through a standby tributary processing board.

trTCM See two rate three color marker

TTL See time to live

TU tributary unit

Tunnel A channel on the packet switching network that transmits service traffic between PEs.In VPN, a tunnel is an information transmission channel between two entities. The tunnelensures secure and transparent transmission of VPN information. In most cases, a tunnelis an MPLS tunnel.

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

Page 170: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

two rate three colormarker

The trTCM meters an IP packet stream and marks its packets based on two rates, PeakInformation Rate (PIR) and Committed Information Rate (CIR), and their associatedburst sizes to be either green, yellow, or red. A packet is marked red if it exceeds thePIR. Otherwise it is marked either yellow or green depending on whether it exceeds ordoesn't exceed the CIR.

B.6 U-ZThis section provides the terms starting with letters U to Z.

U

U-VLAN A VLAN attribute indicating that the current VLAN is a user VLAN of an M-VLAN.Multicast services are copied from the M-VLAN to the user VLAN.

UAS unavailable second

UBR See unspecified bit rate

UDP See User Datagram Protocol

underfloor cabling The cables connected cabinets and other devices are routed underfloor.

UNI See user network interface

unicast The process of sending data from a source to a single recipient.

unspecified bit rate No commitment to transmission. No feedback to congestion. This type of service is idealfor the transmission of IP datagrams. In case of congestion, UBR cells are discarded,and no feedback or request for slowing down the data rate is delivered to the sender.

upload An operation to report some or all configuration data of an NE to the NMS(NetworkManagement system). The configuration data then covers the configuration data storedat the NMS side.

User DatagramProtocol

A TCP/IP standard protocol that allows an application program on one device to send adatagram to an application program on another. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) uses IPto deliver datagrams. UDP provides application programs with the unreliableconnectionless packet delivery service. Therefore, UDP messages can be lost, duplicated,delayed, or delivered out of order. UDP is used to try to transmit the data packet, that is,the destination device does not actively confirm whether the correct data packet isreceived.

user network interface The interface between user equipment and private or public network equipment (forexample, ATM switches).

V

V-UNI See virtual user-network interface

variable bit rate One of the traffic classes used by ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode). Unlike apermanent CBR (Constant Bit Rate) channel, a VBR data stream varies in bandwidthand is better suited to non real time transfers than to real-time streams such as voice calls.

VBR See variable bit rate

VC See virtual container

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

Page 171: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

VCC See virtual channel connection

VCG See virtual concatenation group

VCI See virtual channel identifier

VCTRUNK A virtual concatenation group applied in data service mapping, also called the internalport of a data service processing board

virtual channelconnection

The VC logical trail that carries data between two end points in an ATM network. Alogical grouping of multiple virtual channel connections into one virtual connection.

virtual channelidentifier

A 16-bit field in the header of an ATM cell. The VCI, together with the VPI, is used toidentify the next destination of a cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches onits way to its destination.

virtual concatenationgroup

A group of co-located member trail termination functions that are connected to the samevirtual concatenation link

virtual container The information structure used to support path layer connections in the SDH. It consistsof information payload and path Overhead (POH) information fields organized in a blockframe structure which repeats every 125 or 500 μs.

virtual local areanetwork

A logical grouping of two or more nodes which are not necessarily on the same physicalnetwork segment but which share the same IP network number. This is often associatedwith switched Ethernet.

virtual path identifier The field in the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) cell header that identifies to whichvirtual path the cell belongs.

virtual private LANservice

A type of point-to-multipoint L2VPN service provided over the public network. VPLSenables geographically isolated user sites to communicate with each other through theMAN/WAN as if they are on the same LAN.

virtual private network A system configuration, where the subscriber is able to build a private network viaconnections to different network switches that may include private network capabilities.

virtual route forward VRF performs the function of establishing multiple virtual routing devices on one actualrouting device. That is, the L3 interfaces of the device are distributed to different VRFs,performing the function of establishing multiple virtual route forwarding instances onthe device.

virtual user-networkinterface

A virtual user-network interface, works as an action point to perform serviceclassification and traffic control in HQoS.

VLAN See virtual local area network

voice over IP An IP telephony term for a set of facilities used to manage the delivery of voiceinformation over the Internet. VoIP involves sending voice information in a digital formin discrete packets rather than by using the traditional circuit-committed protocols of thepublic switched telephone network (PSTN).

VoIP See voice over IP

VPI See virtual path identifier

VPLS See virtual private LAN service

VPN See virtual private network

VRF See virtual route forward

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

Page 172: 95356659-RTN-950-Product-Description-V100R003C03-01-1

W

wait to restore The number of minutes to wait before services are switched back to the working line.

WAN See wide area network

Web LCT The local maintenance terminal of a transport network, which is located on the NEmanagement layer of the transport network

weighted fair queuing A fair queue scheduling algorithm based on bandwidth allocation weights. Thisscheduling algorithm allocates the total bandwidth of an interface to queues, accordingto their weights and schedules the queues cyclically. In this manner, packets of all priorityqueues can be scheduled.

weighted random earlydetection

A packet loss algorithm used for congestion avoidance. It can prevent the global TCPsynchronization caused by traditional tail-drop. WRED is favorable for the high-prioritypacket when calculating the packet loss ratio.

weighted round Robin N/A

WFQ See weighted fair queuing

wide area network A network composed of computers which are far away from each other which arephysically connected through specific protocols. WAN covers a broad area, such as aprovince, a state or even a country.

winding pipe A tool for fiber routing, which acts as the corrugated pipe.

WRED See weighted random early detection

WRR See weighted round Robin

WTR See wait to restore

X

XPIC See cross polarization interference cancellation

OptiX RTN 950 Radio Transmission SystemProduct Description B Glossary

Issue 01 (2011-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165